681579
625
Zoom out
Zoom in
Vorherige Seite
1/627
Nächste Seite
Online User's Guide
DCP-J572DW
DCP-J772DW
DCP-J774DW
MFC-J491DW
MFC-J497DW
MFC-J890DW
MFC-J895DW
© 2017 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................... 1
Definitions of Notes ........................................................................................................................................ 2
Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Important Note ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Introduction to Your Brother Machine................................................................................................. 5
Before Using Your Machine ........................................................................................................................... 6
Control Panel Overview ................................................................................................................................. 7
LCD Overview .............................................................................................................................................. 12
Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 14
New Information from Brother ............................................................................................................ 19
Settings Screen Overview ........................................................................................................................... 20
Navigate the Touchscreen............................................................................................................................ 23
Access Brother Utilities (Windows
®
) ............................................................................................................ 24
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows
®
) .................................................................... 25
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 26
Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 27
Load Paper in the Paper Tray ............................................................................................................ 28
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Paper Tray ............................................................................ 39
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot.................................................................................................. 41
Unprintable Area ................................................................................................................................ 44
Paper Settings.................................................................................................................................... 45
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media........................................................................................... 48
Load Documents .......................................................................................................................................... 57
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................. 58
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass ............................................................................................ 60
Unscannable Area.............................................................................................................................. 61
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 62
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) ........................................................................................................ 63
Print a Photo (Windows
®
)................................................................................................................... 64
Print a Document (Windows
®
)............................................................................................................ 66
Cancel a Print Job (Windows
®
) .......................................................................................................... 67
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows
®
).................................... 68
Print as a Poster (Windows
®
)............................................................................................................. 69
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows
®
) ................ 70
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows
®
)..................................................................................... 73
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows
®
) ........................................................................... 75
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows
®
) ................................................................ 76
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
) ............................................................................................... 77
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows
®
).................................................................................. 80
Print Settings (Windows
®
) .................................................................................................................. 81
Print from Your Computer (Mac) .................................................................................................................. 86
Print a Photo (Mac) ............................................................................................................................ 87
Print a Document (Mac) ..................................................................................................................... 88
Home > Table of Contents
i
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac) .......................... 89
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac) ............................................. 90
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Mac)..................................................................................... 91
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac) .......................................................................... 92
Print Options (Mac) ............................................................................................................................ 93
Scan...................................................................................................................................................... 98
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine ............................................................................... 99
Scan Photos and Graphics............................................................................................................... 100
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File ................................................................................ 103
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive............................................................ 106
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)................................................................... 110
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR......................................................................................... 112
Scan to Email Attachment ................................................................................................................ 115
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10) ........ 118
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)..................................................... 122
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ....................................................... 126
Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)...................................................................................................... 127
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) ..................................................................... 128
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)............................................................... 143
Scan Using Nuance
PaperPort
14SE or Other Windows
®
Applications..................................... 158
Scan Using Windows
®
Fax and Scan .............................................................................................. 163
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows
®
) ............................................... 167
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)................................................................................................................ 168
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ............................................................................................ 169
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)........................................................................... 170
Copy ................................................................................................................................................... 173
Copy a Document ..................................................................................................................................... 174
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images ............................................................................................................ 176
Sort Copies ................................................................................................................................................ 178
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)............................................................................................ 179
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) ...................................................................................... 183
Copy an ID Card ........................................................................................................................................ 186
Copy in Ink Save Mode ............................................................................................................................. 188
Copy Options ............................................................................................................................................. 189
Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 193
Send a Fax................................................................................................................................................. 194
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................... 195
Send a Fax Manually........................................................................................................................ 198
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation ........................................................................................ 199
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) .................................................... 200
Send a Fax in Real Time .................................................................................................................. 203
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)................................................................................ 204
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting ................................................................................................ 205
Cancel a Fax in Progress ................................................................................................................. 206
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.................................................................................................... 207
Fax Options ...................................................................................................................................... 208
Home > Table of Contents
ii
Receive a Fax ............................................................................................................................................ 210
Receive Mode Settings .................................................................................................................... 211
Fax Preview...................................................................................................................................... 218
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax ............................................................................. 222
Set the Fax Receive Stamp.............................................................................................................. 223
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation .................................................................. 224
Memory Receive Options ................................................................................................................. 225
Remote Fax Retrieval....................................................................................................................... 233
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................... 239
Voice Operations .............................................................................................................................. 240
Store Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 242
Set up Groups for Broadcasting ....................................................................................................... 249
Telephone Services and External Devices................................................................................................. 254
Use BT Call Sign .............................................................................................................................. 255
Caller ID ........................................................................................................................................... 257
Set the Telephone Line Type............................................................................................................ 259
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference).................................................... 261
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)................................................................................... 262
External and Extension Telephones ................................................................................................. 266
Fax Reports ............................................................................................................................................... 272
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style .............................................................................. 273
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period................................................................................................ 275
PC-FAX ...................................................................................................................................................... 277
PC-FAX for Windows
®
..................................................................................................................... 278
PC-FAX for Mac .............................................................................................................................. 303
PhotoCapture Center ........................................................................................................................ 306
Print Photos Directly from Media................................................................................................................ 307
Compatible Media ............................................................................................................................ 308
Important Information about Photo Printing...................................................................................... 309
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine ............................................................................ 310
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer.................................................................................................... 324
Before Copying Photos .................................................................................................................... 325
Copy Photos from Media Over a Local Connection ......................................................................... 326
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
).......................................................................................... 327
Edit Photos Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) ............................................................................... 329
Network .............................................................................................................................................. 331
Supported Basic Network Features ........................................................................................................... 332
Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................................................. 333
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................... 334
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network .................................... 335
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network................................................... 336
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
(WPS).................................................................................................................................. 337
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
(WPS).................................................................................................................................. 339
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast......................... 342
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
............................................................................................................................. 345
Home > Table of Contents
iii
Advanced Network Features...................................................................................................................... 358
Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 359
Technical Information for Advanced Users................................................................................................. 360
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default ................................................................................ 361
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 362
Security .............................................................................................................................................. 365
Lock the Machine Settings ......................................................................................................................... 366
About Using Memory Security.......................................................................................................... 367
About Using TX Lock........................................................................................................................ 371
Mobile/Web Connect......................................................................................................................... 375
Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 376
Brother Web Connect Overview....................................................................................................... 377
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect............................................................................ 378
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect...................................................................................... 380
Set Up Brother Web Connect........................................................................................................... 383
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect............................................................. 392
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect ...................... 394
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 395
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect...... 398
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail ........................................................................................................ 400
Google Cloud Print..................................................................................................................................... 403
Google Cloud Print Overview ........................................................................................................... 404
Before Using Google Cloud Print ..................................................................................................... 405
Print from Google Chrome
or Chrome OS
................................................................................. 410
Print from Google Drive
for Mobile ................................................................................................ 411
Print from Gmail
Webmail Service for Mobile................................................................................ 412
AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 413
AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 414
Before Using AirPrint (macOS) ........................................................................................................ 415
Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 416
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)........................................................................................................... 419
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)................................................................................................. 420
Mobile Printing for Windows
®
.................................................................................................................... 421
Mopria
®
Print Service................................................................................................................................. 422
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile................................................................................................................... 423
Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................................. 424
ControlCenter .................................................................................................................................... 425
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)....................................................................................................................... 426
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) .......................................................... 427
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) ..................................................................... 429
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)............................................................... 430
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) ..................................................... 431
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)..................................... 433
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac.................................................................................. 435
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview.................................................................................................................... 436
Home > Table of Contents
iv
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 437
Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 438
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report ..................................................................................... 452
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature..................................................... 457
Document Jams ......................................................................................................................................... 459
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit ............................................................................ 460
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit....................................................................................... 461
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF .................................................................................... 462
Printer Jam or Paper Jam .......................................................................................................................... 463
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front) .............................. 464
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)........................................................... 469
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear) ........................................................... 472
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine .......................................................................................... 475
Paper Handling and Printing Problems ............................................................................................ 476
Telephone and Fax Problems........................................................................................................... 482
Other Problems ................................................................................................................................ 488
Network Problems ............................................................................................................................ 490
Google Cloud Print Problems........................................................................................................... 500
AirPrint Problems ............................................................................................................................. 501
Check the Machine Information ................................................................................................................. 502
Reset Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 503
Reset Functions Overview ............................................................................................................... 504
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 505
Replace the Ink Cartridges......................................................................................................................... 506
Clean Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 509
Clean the Scanner............................................................................................................................ 510
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine ............................................................................ 512
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows
®
)................................................................... 514
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)............................................................................. 516
Clean the Machine's LCD................................................................................................................. 517
Clean the Outside of the Machine .................................................................................................... 518
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen .................................................................................................. 519
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers .......................................................................................................... 520
Clean the Base Pad ......................................................................................................................... 522
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers ...................................................................................................... 523
Check Your Brother Machine ..................................................................................................................... 524
Check the Print Quality..................................................................................................................... 525
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine .................................................................... 528
Check the Ink Volume ...................................................................................................................... 530
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
) .............................................................. 532
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Mac) ........................................................................ 537
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.......................................................................................... 539
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems........................................................... 540
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................................ 542
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 545
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel ..................................................................................... 546
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) ............................................................................. 547
Home > Table of Contents
v
General Settings............................................................................................................................... 548
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut..................................................................................... 562
Print Reports .................................................................................................................................... 565
Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 568
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer......................................................................................... 591
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup ........................................................................ 592
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 604
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 605
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine .......................................................................................................... 614
Supply Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 617
Information Regarding Recycled Paper ..................................................................................................... 618
Brother Numbers........................................................................................................................................ 619
Home > Table of Contents
vi
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
Definitions of Notes
Trademarks
Important Note
1
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special
conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Bold Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italics Italicised style emphasises an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New
Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
2
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, SharePoint, Internet Explorer, Excel, PowerPoint, OneNote and OneDrive
are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
Apple, App Store, Mac, Safari, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and macOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in
the United States and other countries.
AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates
in the United States and/or other countries.
The SDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Wi-Fi
®
, Wi-Fi Alliance
®
and Wi-Fi Direct
®
are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance
®
.
WPA
, WPA2
, Wi-Fi Protected Setup
and Wi-Fi Protected Setup
logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance
®
.
Android, Gmail, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Google Play, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google are
trademarks of Google, Inc. Use of these trademarks are subject to Google Permissions.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Brother Industries, Ltd. and related companies is under license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Evernote and the Evernote Elephant logo are trademarks of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
Mopria
®
and Mopria logo are registered trademarks and service marks of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the United
States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
WordPerfect is a trademark or a registered trademark of Corel Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Canada, the
United States and/or other countries.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its
proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents
and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
3
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and
power regulations of that country.
Windows
®
10 in this document represents Windows
®
10 Home, Windows
®
10 Pro, Windows
®
10 Education
and Windows
®
10 Enterprise.
Windows Server
®
2008 in this document represents Windows Server
®
2008 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2.
In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J895DW
are used unless otherwise specified.
In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-J895DW are used unless otherwise specified.
The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows
®
7 and macOS v10.12.x. Screens
on your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
This documentation is for both MFC and DCP models. Read 'XXX-XXXX' as 'MFC/DCP-XXXX' (where XXXX
is the name of your model).
Related Information
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
4
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Control Panel Overview
LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Navigate the Touchscreen
Access Brother Utilities (Windows
®
)
5
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Selecting the correct type of paper
For high quality printing, it is important to select the correct type of paper. Be sure to read the information about
acceptable paper before buying paper, and to determine the printable area depending on the settings in the
printer driver.
Simultaneous printing, scanning and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax into memory or while scanning a
document into the computer. Fax sending will not be stopped during printing from your computer. However, when
the machine is copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing
when copying or fax receiving has finished.
DCP models do not support the fax feature.
Firewall (Windows
®
)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you
may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows
®
Firewall and you installed the drivers
using the steps in the installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other
personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
6
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
32
1
54
7
86
1. 1.8"(44.9 mm) Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
2. Mode buttons
FAX
Press to switch the machine to Fax mode.
SCAN
Press to switch the machine to Scan mode.
COPY
Press to switch the machine to Copy mode.
WEB
Press to switch the machine to Web mode.
3. Settings buttons
Clear/Back
Press to go back to the previous menu level.
Settings
Press to access the main menu.
OK
Press to select a setting.
d or c
Press to adjust the ring volume while the machine is idle.
Press to store Speed Dial and Group numbers in the machine's memory.
7
Press to look up and dial numbers that are stored in the machine's memory.
Press to configure the wireless settings while the machine is idle.
a or b
Press to scroll through the menus and options.
d or c
Press to move the cursor left or right on the LCD.
Press to either confirm or cancel a procedure which is in progress.
4. Telephone buttons
Tel/R
If the machine is in Fax/Tel (F/T) mode and you pick up the handset of an external telephone during the
F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring), press Tel/R to talk.
When connected to a PBX, press to gain access to an outside line or to transfer a call to another
extension.
Redial/Pause
Press to redial the last number you called.
Press to select and redial the numbers from the Outgoing Call history or Caller ID history.
Press to insert a pause when dialling numbers.
5. Dial Pad
Use to dial fax and telephone numbers.
Use as a keyboard to enter text or characters.
6.
Stop/Exit
Press to stop an operation.
Press to exit from a menu.
7. Start buttons
Mono Start
Press to start sending faxes in monochrome.
Press to start making copies in monochrome.
Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
Colour Start
Press to start sending faxes in full colour.
Press to start making copies in full colour.
Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
8.
Power On/Off
Press to turn the machine on.
Press and hold down to turn the machine off. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on for a
few seconds before turning itself off. If you have connected an external telephone or TAD, it is always
available.
If you turn the machine off using
, it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
8
DCP-J572DW
42
1
3
5
7
86
1. 1.8"(44.9 mm) Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
2. Number of Copies
Press + to increase or - to decrease the number of copies.
3. Warning icon
The warning icon lights up when there is an error or maintenance message.
4. Settings buttons
Clear/Back
Press to go back to the previous menu level.
Settings
Press to access the main menu.
OK
Press to select a setting.
WiFi
Press to configure the wireless settings while the machine is idle.
a or b
Press to scroll through the menus and options.
d or c
Press to move the cursor left or right on the LCD.
Press to either confirm or cancel a procedure which is in progress.
5. Mode buttons
SCAN
Press to switch the machine to Scan mode.
PHOTO
Press to switch the machine to Photo mode.
WEB
Press to switch the machine to Web mode.
9
6. Stop/Exit
Press to stop an operation.
Press to exit from a menu.
7. Start buttons
Mono Start
Press to start making copies in monochrome.
Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
Colour Start
Press to start making copies in full colour.
Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
8.
Power On/Off
Press
to turn the machine on.
Press and hold down to turn the machine off. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on for a
few seconds before turning itself off.
If you turn the machine off using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
3
2
5
41
1. NFC (Near Field Communication) symbol
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
If your Android
device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device or scan documents to your
device by touching it to the NFC logo on the control panel.
2. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the touchscreen.
3. Menu buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
10
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
4. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
When the machine is in Sleep Mode, the LED blinks.
5.
Power On/Off
Press
to turn the machine on.
Press and hold down to turn the machine off. The touchscreen displays [Shutting Down] and stays
on for a few seconds before turning itself off. If you have connected an external telephone or TAD, it is always
available (MFC models).
If you turn the machine off using
, it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
11
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > LCD Overview
LCD Overview
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this indicates that your
machine is ready for the next command.
Home Screen
0101
01. 01. 2018
FaxFax
1
2
3
46 5
1. Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
2. Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
The wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in the Home screen displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
3. [Ink]
Displays the available ink volume.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink
colour.
4. Date and Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
5. Faxes in Memory
Displays how many received faxes are in the machine's memory.
6. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
DCP-J572DW
The LCD shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle.
12
Home Screen
Press Start
Normal
Quality
Plain Paper
Paper Type
01
1
1. Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
The wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing WiFi on the control panel.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
13
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can switch Home screens by pressing d or c.
From the Home screens, you can access Wi-Fi
®
setup, Shortcuts, Ink levels and Setup screens.
Home Screen
1
7
5
2
3
4
6
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, it indicates that your
machine is ready for the next command.
1. Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
2.
Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
3. [Shortcuts]
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning, Web Connect and
Apps services.
There are three Shortcuts screens. You can program four shortcuts on each screen.
To display the other Shortcuts screens, press d or c.
4. Wireless Status
14
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
Your machine is not connected to the wireless access point/router.
Press this button to configure wireless settings. For more detailed information, see the Quick Setup Guide.
Wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing the Wireless Status button.
5. [Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
6. [Ink]
Displays the available ink volume. Press to access the [Ink] menu.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink
colour.
7. Modes:
Press to switch to each mode.
[Fax] / [Copy] / [Scan] / [Photo] / [Web] / [Apps] / [Download Software]
8. Information icon
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as
[Message from Brother] and [Firmware Auto Check] are set to [On].
(Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.)
Press to view the details.
9. Warning icon
9
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press to view the
details, and then press to return to the Home screen.
15
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
You can switch Home screens by pressing d or c.
From the Home screens, you can access Wi-Fi setup, Shortcuts, Ink levels and Setup screens.
Home Screen
6
4
1
2
3
5
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, it indicates that your
machine is ready for the next command.
1. Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
2. [Shortcuts]
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as copying, scanning, Web Connect and Apps
services.
There are three Shortcuts screens. You can program four shortcuts on each screen.
To display the other Shortcuts screens, press d or c.
3. Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
Your machine is not connected to the wireless access point/router.
Press this button to configure wireless settings. For more detailed information, see the Quick Setup Guide.
Wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
16
The wireless setting is disabled.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing the Wireless Status button.
4. [Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
5. [Ink]
Displays the available ink volume. Press to access the [Ink] menu.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink
colour.
6. Modes:
Press to switch to each mode.
[Copy] / [Scan] / [Photo] / [Web] / [Apps] / [Download Software]
7. Information icon
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as
[Message from Brother] and [Firmware Auto Check] are set to [On].
(Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.)
Press to view the details.
8. Warning icon
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press to view the
details, and then press to return to the Home screen.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
New Information from Brother
Reduce Printing Noise
Check the Ink Volume
Settings Screen Overview
17
Error and Maintenance Messages
18
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview > New Information from
Brother
New Information from Brother
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as [Message
from Brother] and [Firmware Auto Check] are set to [On].
Press to view the details.
Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.
Related Information
Touchscreen LCD Overview
19
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
The touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press [Settings].
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
4
1
3
2
6
7
8
5
1. [Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
[Improve Print Quality]
[Print Head Cleaning]
[Ink Volume]
[Ink Cartridge Model]
[Print Setting Options]
2. [Quiet Mode]
Displays the Quiet Mode setting.
Press to access the [Quiet Mode] menu.
When this menu is set to [On],
is displayed on the Home screen.
3. [Fax Preview]
Displays the Fax Preview setting.
Press to access the [Fax Preview] menu.
4. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
5. [Date & Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the [Date & Time] menu.
6. [Wi-Fi]
Press to set up a wireless network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator
on the screen displays the current wireless
signal strength.
7. [Tray Setting]
Press to access the [Tray Setting] menu.
Use options in the Tray setting menu to change the paper size and type.
20
8. [All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
The touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press [Settings].
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
1
3
2
5
6
7
4
1. [Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
[Improve Print Quality]
[Print Head Cleaning]
[Ink Volume]
[Ink Cartridge Model]
[Print Setting Options]
2. [Paper Type]
Press to access the [Paper Type] menu.
Use this option to change the paper type.
3. [Quiet Mode]
Displays the Quiet Mode setting.
Press to access the [Quiet Mode] menu.
When this menu is set to [On],
is displayed on the Home screen.
4. [Date & Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the [Date & Time] menu.
5. [Wi-Fi]
Press to set up a wireless network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator on the screen displays the current wireless
signal strength.
6. [Paper Size]
Press to access the [Paper Size] menu.
Use this option to change the paper size.
7. [All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Touchscreen LCD Overview
21
Check the Ink Volume
22
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Navigate the Touchscreen
Navigate the Touchscreen
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Press your finger on the LCD to operate it. To display and access all the options, press d c or a b on the LCD to
scroll through them.
NOTE
This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
23
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows
®
)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows
®
)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on
your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Windows
®
8
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
Windows
®
8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if using a touch-based
device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
Windows
®
10
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your machine.
3. Select the operation you want to use.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows
®
)
24
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows
®
) > Uninstall the Brother
Software and Drivers (Windows
®
)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows
®
)
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Windows
®
8
Tap or click
(Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
Windows
®
8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if using a touch-based
device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
Windows
®
10
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your model from the drop-down list (if it is not already selected).
3. Click Tools in the left navigation bar.
If the Software Update Notification icon is visible, select it, and then click Check now > Check for
Software Updates > Update. Follow the on-screen instructions.
If the Software Update Notification icon is not visible, go to the next step.
4. Click Uninstall in the Tools section of Brother Utilities.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
Access Brother Utilities (Windows
®
)
25
Home > Paper Handling
Paper Handling
Load Paper
Load Documents
26
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper
Load Paper
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Unprintable Area
Paper Settings
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
27
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
28
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Paper Tray > Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo
2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and then the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
29
1
2
5. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
6. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
30
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed
problems.
Loading more than 20 sheets of Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm) paper may cause paper jams.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you
are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
7. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
8. Close the output paper tray cover.
9. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
10. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
31
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Choose the Right Print Media
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
32
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Paper Tray > Load Photo Paper in the Paper
Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper size, and then lift up the stopper (2).
33
1
2
5. Close the output paper tray cover.
6. Load up to 20 sheets of photo paper with the printing surface face down.
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
7. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper and the paper is flat in the tray.
1
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
34
9. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Choose the Right Print Media
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
35
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Paper Tray > Load Envelopes in the Paper
Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as
possible.
See Related Information: About Envelopes.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Load up to 10 envelopes in the paper tray with the printing surface face down. Loading more than 10
envelopes may cause paper jams.
If the envelope flaps are on the long edge, load the envelopes with the flap on the left, as shown in the
illustration. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and paper length guide (2) to fit the size of the
envelopes.
Make sure the envelopes are flat in the tray.
36
1
2
IMPORTANT
If envelopes are "double-feeding," load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
5. Close the output paper tray cover.
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
7. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
About Envelopes
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
37
Choose the Right Print Media
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
38
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Paper Tray
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Paper Tray
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
Use the photo paper tray, which is located on the top of the output paper tray cover, to print on Photo (10 x 15
cm) or Photo L (89 x 127 mm) size paper.
When you use the photo paper tray, you do not have to remove the paper from the tray beneath it.
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Press the blue photo paper tray release button (1) and slide the whole output paper tray cover forward until it
locks into the photo printing position (2).
1
2
4. Load up to 20 sheets of Photo or Photo L paper in the photo paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
39
5. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper. Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of
the paper and the paper is flat in the tray.
1
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Do not open the paper support and the paper support flap when using the photo paper tray. Otherwise it is
difficult to take out the printouts.
IMPORTANT
When you have finished printing photos, return the photo paper tray to the Normal printing position. If you
do not, you will get a [No Paper Fed] error when you use cut sheet paper.
Photo Paper Tray in the Normal printing position
Photo Paper Tray in the Photo printing position
Related Information
Load Paper
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
40
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Load special print media in this slot, one sheet of paper at a time.
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed slot.
1. Open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Lift up the paper support.
3. Slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
4. Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot with the printing surface face up.
41
When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface face up and the flap on the left as
shown in the illustration.
See Related Information: About Envelopes.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT load more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at any time. Doing this may
cause a paper jam. When printing multiple pages, do not feed the next sheet of paper until the LCD
displays a message instructing you to feed the next sheet.
42
DO NOT load paper in the manual feed slot when you are printing from the paper tray. Doing this may
cause a paper jam.
5. Using both hands, push one sheet of paper into the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed rollers. Let go of the paper when you hear the machine pull it. The LCD displays [Manual Feed Slot
ready.]. Read the instruction displayed on the LCD, and then press [OK].
When loading an envelope, or a sheet of thick paper, push the envelope into the manual feed slot until you
feel the paper feed rollers pull it.
6. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
If the document does not fit on one sheet, the machine will prompt you to load another sheet of paper.
Place another sheet of paper in the manual feed slot, and then press [OK] on the machine's control
panel.
Make sure printing has finished before you close the manual feed slot cover.
When paper is placed in the manual feed slot, the machine always prints from the manual feed slot.
The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot while a test page, fax, or report is being
printed.
The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot during the machine's cleaning process.
Wait until the machine finishes its cleaning, and then load paper in the manual feed slot.
Related Information
Load Paper
About Envelopes
Choose the Right Print Media
Error and Maintenance Messages
43
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Unprintable Area
Unprintable Area
The unprintable area depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the
unprintable areas on cut-sheet paper and envelopes. The machine can print in the shaded areas of cut-sheet
paper only when the Borderless print feature is available and turned on.
Cut-Sheet Paper
Envelopes
Top (1)
Left (2) Bottom (3) Right (4)
Cut-Sheet 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm
Envelopes 12 mm 3 mm 12 mm 3 mm
The Borderless print feature is not available for envelopes and 2-sided printing.
Related Information
Load Paper
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
44
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings
Paper Settings
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
45
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Set the Paper Size and Paper Type settings for the paper tray.
To get the best print quality, set the machine for the type of paper you are using.
When you change the size of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting on the
LCD at the same time.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Paper Type]. Press OK.
c. Select [Plain Paper], [Inkjet Paper], [Brother BP71] or [Other Glossy]. Press OK.
d. Select [Paper Size]. Press OK.
e. Select the paper size option you want, and then press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW) Press [Settings] > [Tray Setting].
2. (DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW) Press
[Settings].
3. Press [Paper Type].
4. Press a or b to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.
5. Press [Paper Size].
6. Press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
7. Press .
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
Related Information
Paper Settings
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
46
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
If this setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, the LCD displays a message asking if
you want to change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings.
The default setting is [On].
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Check Paper]. Press OK.
c. Select [On] or [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup].
2. Press a or b to display the [Check Paper] option, and then press it.
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press .
Related Information
Paper Settings
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
Error and Maintenance Messages
47
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
The print quality can be affected by the type of paper you use in the machine.
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Paper Type to match the type of
paper you load.
You can use plain paper, inkjet paper (coated paper), glossy paper, recycled paper and envelopes.
We recommend testing various paper types before buying large quantities.
For best results, use Brother paper.
When you print on inkjet paper (coated paper) and glossy paper, be sure to select the correct print media in
the Basic tab of the printer driver or in the Paper Type setting on the machine.
When you print on Brother Photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
When using photo paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
Avoid touching the printed surface of the paper immediately after printing; the surface may not be completely
dry and may stain your fingers.
Related Information
Load Paper
Recommended Print Media
Handle and Use Print Media
About Envelopes
Choose the Right Print Media
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
48
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Recommended Print
Media
Recommended Print Media
For the best print quality, we recommend using the Brother paper listed in the table.
If Brother paper is not available in your country, we recommend testing various paper types before purchasing
large quantities.
Brother paper
Paper Type
Item
A4 Plain BP60PA
A4 Glossy Photo BP71GA4
A4 Inkjet (Matte) BP60MA
10 x 15 cm Glossy Photo BP71GP
Related Information
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
49
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Handle and Use Print
Media
Handle and Use Print Media
Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct
sunlight and heat.
Avoid touching the shiny (coated) side of photo paper.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use the following kinds of paper:
Damaged, curled, wrinkled, or irregularly shaped
1
1
1. 2 mm or greater curl may cause jams to occur.
Extremely shiny or highly textured
Paper that cannot be arranged uniformly when stacked
Paper made with a short grain
Related Information
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
50
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > About Envelopes
About Envelopes
Use envelopes that weigh from 80 to 95 g/m².
Some envelope sizes require that you set margins in the application. Make sure you do a test print first before
printing many envelopes.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use envelopes that:
Are loosely constructed
Have windows
Are embossed (have raised writing on them)
Have clasps or staples
Are pre-printed on the inside
Are self-adhesive
Have double flaps
Self-adhesive
Double flaps
You may experience paper feed problems caused by the thickness, size and flap shape of the envelopes you
are using.
Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the flaps, edges and corners to make them as flat as possible, as
shown in the illustrations.
Fan the stack of envelopes well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
IMPORTANT
If envelopes are "double-feeding," load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
Related Information
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
51
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
52
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media
Choose the Right Print Media
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Weight and Thickness
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
53
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type Paper Size Usage
Fax
1
Copy Photo
Capture
2
Printer
Cut-Sheet A4 210 x 297 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes
Letter 215.9 x 279.4
mm
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Executive 184.1 x 266.7
mm
- - - Yes
A5 148 x 210 mm - Yes - Yes
A6 105 x 148 mm - - - Yes
Cards Photo 10 x 15 cm - Yes Yes Yes
Photo L 9 x 13 cm - - - Yes
Photo 2L 13 x 18 cm - - Yes Yes
Index Card 13 x 20 cm - - - Yes
Envelopes C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm - - - Yes
DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm - - - Yes
Com-10 104.7 x 241.3
mm
- - - Yes
Monarch 98.4 x 190.5 mm - - - Yes
1
MFC models only
2
DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW only
Related Information
Choose the Right Print Media
54
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Size Paper Types No. of sheets
Paper Tray A4, Letter, Executive, A5,
A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo
2L (13 x 18 cm), Index card
(13 x 20 cm)
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW) 150
1
(DCP-J572DW/
DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW) 100
1
Inkjet Paper
20
Glossy Paper, Photo 20
Index Card 30
Envelopes 10
Photo Paper Tray
(DCP-J572DW/
DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW)
Photo (10 x 15 cm) and
Photo L (9 x 13 cm)
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper,
Glossy Paper, Recycled
Paper and Photo
20
Manual Feed Slot
(DCP-J572DW/
DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
A4, Letter, Executive, A5,
A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L
(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x
18 cm), Index card (13 x 20
cm)
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper,
Glossy Paper, Recycled
Paper, Photo and
Envelopes
1
1
When using plain paper 80 g/m²
Related Information
Choose the Right Print Media
55
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Type Weight Thickness
Cut-Sheet Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
64 to 120 g/m² 0.08 to 0.15 mm
Inkjet Paper 64 to 200 g/m² 0.08 to 0.25 mm
Glossy Paper
1
2
Up to 220 g/m² Up to 0.25 mm
Cards
Photo Card
1 2
Up to 220 g/m² Up to 0.25 mm
Index Card
2
Up to 120 g/m² Up to 0.15 mm
Envelopes 80 to 95 g/m² Up to 0.52 mm
1
BP71 260 g/m² paper is specially designed for Brother inkjet machines.
2
Up to 300 g/m² for Manual Feed Slot (DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Related Information
Choose the Right Print Media
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
56
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents
Load Documents
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Unscannable Area
57
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
The ADF can hold multiple pages and feeds each sheet individually.
Use paper that is within the sizes and weights shown in the table. Always fan the pages before placing them in
the ADF.
Document Sizes and Weights
Length
1
:
148 to 355.6 mm
Width: 148 to 215.9 mm
Paper Weight: 64 to 90 g/m²
1
Documents that are longer than 297 mm must be fed one page at a time.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper clipped, pasted or taped.
DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper or fabric.
Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
1. Lift up and unfold the ADF document support (1).
1
2. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
3. Adjust the paper guides (1) to fit the document size.
1
4. Place your document, face down, top edge first in the ADF underneath the paper guides until you feel the
document touch the feed rollers and the LCD displays [ADF Ready.].
IMPORTANT
DO NOT leave any documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
58
Related Information
Load Documents
Copy a Document
Error and Maintenance Messages
Telephone and Fax Problems
Other Problems
59
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
Up to 297 mm
Width: Up to 215.9 mm
Weight: Up to 2 kg
(ADF models)
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty and the ADF document support must be closed.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document face down in the upper left corner of the scanner glass, aligned with the arrow as shown
in the illustration.
3. Close the document cover.
IMPORTANT
If you are scanning a book or thick document, DO NOT slam or press on the document cover.
Related Information
Load Documents
Copy a Document
Telephone and Fax Problems
Other Problems
60
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Unscannable Area
Unscannable Area
The unscannable area of a page depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below
show the typical unscannable measurements.
Usage Document Size Top (1)
Bottom (3)
Left (2)
Right (4)
Fax A4 3 mm
3 mm
1
Letter 4 mm
Legal
Copy All paper sizes 3 mm
Scan 1 mm 1 mm
1
The unscannable area is 1 mm when using the ADF.
Related Information
Load Documents
61
Home > Print
Print
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
62
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print a Photo (Windows
®
)
Print a Document (Windows
®
)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows
®
)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows
®
)
Print as a Poster (Windows
®
)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows
®
)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows
®
)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows
®
)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows
®
)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
63
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print a Photo (Windows
®
)
Print a Photo (Windows
®
)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
We recommend using the photo paper tray located on the top of the output tray cover to print on
Photo (10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (9 x 13 cm) paper. (Available only for certain models)
For best results, use Brother paper.
When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper
tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. Select the Borderless check box, if needed.
8. For Colour Mode, select the Natural or Vivid option.
9. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
10. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
64
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
65
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print a Document (Windows
®
)
Print a Document (Windows
®
)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. For Colour Mode, select the Natural or Vivid option.
8. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
9. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
10. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets,
click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Check the Ink Volume
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
66
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Cancel a Print Job (Windows
®
)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows
®
)
If a print job was sent to the print queue and did not print, or was sent to the print queue in error, you may have to
delete it to allow subsequent jobs to print.
1. Double-click the printer icon
in the task tray.
2. Select the print job you want to cancel.
3. Click the Document menu.
4. Select Cancel.
5. Click Yes.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
67
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of
Paper (N in 1) (Windows
®
)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1)
(Windows
®
)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 2 in 1, 4 in 1, 9 in 1, or 16 in 1 option.
6. Click the Page Order drop-down list, and then select your page order.
7. Click the Border Line drop-down list, and then select your border line type.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click OK, and then complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
68
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print as a Poster (Windows
®
)
Print as a Poster (Windows
®
)
Enlarge your print size and print the document in poster mode.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 1 in 2x2 pages or 1 in 3x3 pages option.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click OK.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
69
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows
®
)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Windows
®
)
Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
Use regular paper or thin paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select 2-sided.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2sided Type menu.
When 2-sided is selected, four types of 2-sided binding are available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Long Edge (Left)
Long Edge (Right)
70
Option for Portrait Description
Short Edge (Top)
Short Edge (Bottom)
Option for Landscape Description
Long Edge (Top)
Long Edge (Bottom)
Short Edge (Right)
Short Edge (Left)
8. Select the Binding Offset check box if you want to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
9. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
10. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
11. Click OK again, and then complete your print operation.
71
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows
®
)
72
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows
®
)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows
®
)
Use this option to print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing. The document's pages will be
arranged according to the correct page number and will allow you to fold at the centre of the print output without
having to change the order of the printed pages.
Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
Use regular paper or thin paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select the Booklet option.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2sided Type menu.
There are two types of 2-sided binding directions available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Left Binding
Right Binding
73
Option for Landscape Description
Top Binding
Bottom Binding
8. Select one of the options from the Booklet Printing Method menu.
Option Description
All Pages at
Once
Every page will be printed in booklet format (four pages to every piece of paper, two pages
per side). Fold your printout in the middle to create the booklet.
Divide into
Sets
This option prints the whole booklet in smaller individual booklet sets, allowing you to fold at
the centre of the smaller individual booklet sets without having to change the order of the
printed pages. You can specify the number of sheets in each smaller booklet set (from
1-15). This option can be helpful when folding a printed booklet that has a large number of
pages.
9. Select the Binding Offset check box if you want to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
10. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows
®
)
74
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows
®
)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows
®
)
Greyscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than colour mode. If your document contains colour,
selecting Greyscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of greyscale.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. For Colour / Greyscale, select Greyscale.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click OK.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
75
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows
®
)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows
®
)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the Reduce Smudge option if you have
problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Other Print Options button.
5. Select the Reduce Smudge option on the left side of the screen.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type
Option Description
Plain Paper 2-sided Printing or
Simplex Printing
Off Select this mode to print at
normal speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
Low Select this mode to print at
a slower speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
High Select this mode to print at
the same speed as Low,
but using less ink.
7. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
8. Click OK.
9. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
76
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Print Profiles are presets designed to give you quick access to frequently-used printing configurations.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Print Profiles tab.
4. Select your profile from the print profile list.
The profile settings are shown on the left side of the printer driver window.
5. Do one of the following:
If the settings are correct for your print job, click OK.
To change the settings, go back to the Basic or Advanced tab, change settings, and then click OK.
To display the Print Profiles tab at the front of the window the next time you print, select the Always show
Print Profiles tab first. check box.
77
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
78
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
) > Create or
Delete Your Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Add up to 20 new print profiles with customised settings.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab and the Advanced tab, and configure the print settings you want for the new Print Profile.
4. Click the Print Profiles tab.
5. Do one of the following:
To create a new print profile:
a. Click Add Profile.
The Add Profile dialog box appears.
b. Type the new profile name in the Name field.
c. Click the icon you want to use to represent this profile from the icon list.
d. Click OK.
The new Print Profile name is added to the list in the Print Profiles tab.
To delete a print profile that you created:
a. Click Delete Profile.
The Delete Profile dialog box appears.
b. Select the profile you want to delete.
c. Click Delete.
d. Click Yes.
e. Click Close.
Related Information
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
)
79
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Change the Default Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows
®
)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that
application. To change print settings for all Windows
®
applications, you must configure the printer driver
properties.
1. Do one of the following:
For Windows Server
®
2008
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows
®
7 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
For Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows
®
10 and Windows Server
®
2016
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
For Windows Server
®
2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows
®
programs.
5. Click OK.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
80
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Basic Tab
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
Slow Drying Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly. This option may cause slight
blurring of the text.
2. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
3. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
81
Borderless
Select this option to print photos without borders. Because the image data is created slightly larger than
the paper size you are using, this will cause some cropping of the photo edges.
You may not be able to select the Borderless option for some combinations of media type and quality, or
from some applications.
4. Colour Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
5. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
6. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of
copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of
copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
Reverse Order
Select this option to print your document in reverse order. The last page of your document will be printed
first.
7. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper, or print one page of your document on
multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
8. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper, or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided
printing.
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each
orientation.
82
Advanced Tab
1. Colour / Greyscale
Select colour or greyscale printing. The print speed is faster in greyscale mode than it is in colour mode. If
your document contains colour and you select greyscale mode, your document will be printed using 256
levels of greyscale.
2. Colour Enhancement
Select this option to use the Colour Enhancement feature. This feature analyses your image to improve its
sharpness, white balance and colour density. This process may take several minutes depending on the
image size and your computer's specifications.
3. Ink Save Mode
Select this option to print using lighter colours and emphasise image outlines. The amount of ink that is saved
varies, depending on the type of documents printed. Ink Save Mode may make your printouts look different
than they appear on your screen.
The Ink Save Mode feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
4. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
83
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select
this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a
value into the field.
5. Mirror Print
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
6. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
7. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset
watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
8. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
9. Other Print Options button
(DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW) Photo Paper Tray Help
Select this option to display the instructions for use of the photo paper tray.
Change Data Transfer Mode
Select the print data transfer mode to improve print quality or print speed.
Advanced Colour Settings
Select the method that the machine uses to arrange dots to express halftones.
The printout colour can be adjusted to achieve the closest match to what appears on your computer
screen.
(DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Advanced Quality Settings
Select this option to print your documents at the highest quality.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with
smudged printouts or paper jams.
Retrieve Printer's Colour Data
Select this option to optimise the print quality using the machine's factory settings, which are set
specifically for your Brother machine. Use this option when you have replaced the machine or changed the
machine's network address.
Print Archive
Select this option to save the print data as a PDF file to your computer.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Print a Photo (Windows
®
)
Print a Document (Windows
®
)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows
®
)
Print as a Poster (Windows
®
)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows
®
)
84
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows
®
)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows
®
)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
85
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print a Photo (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Mac)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
86
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Photo (Mac)
Print a Photo (Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
We recommend using the photo paper tray located on the top of the output tray cover to print on
Photo (10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (9 x 13 cm) paper. (Available only for certain models)
For best results, use Brother paper.
When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper
tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple Preview, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
4. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
To print photographs without margins, select a borderless paper size option.
5. Click the Orientation button that matches the way you want the photo to print.
6. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
7. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the media type you want to use.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Print Options (Mac)
87
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
4. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
5. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
6. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
7. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the media type you want to use.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Check the Ink Volume
Print Options (Mac)
88
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Mac)
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
4. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Layout.
The Layout setting options appear.
5. In the Two-Sided section, select the Short-Edge binding or Long-Edge binding option.
6. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
89
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper
(N in 1) (Mac)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac)
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Layout.
The Layout setting options appear.
4. Click the Pages per Sheet pop-up menu, and then select the number of pages to print on each sheet.
5. Select the Layout Direction option.
6. Click the Border pop-up menu, and then select your border line type.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
90
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Mac)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Mac)
Greyscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than colour mode. If your document contains colour,
selecting Greyscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of greyscale.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
4. Click the Color / Grayscale pop-up menu, and then select the Grayscale option.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
91
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the Reduce Smudge option if you have
problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
4. Click the Advanced print settings list.
5. Click the Reduce Smudge menu.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type
Option Description
Plain Paper 2-sided Printing or
Simplex Printing
Off Select this mode to print at
normal speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
Low Select this mode to print at
a slower speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
High Select this mode to print at
the same speed as Low,
but using less ink.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
92
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print Options (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
Page Setup
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale
Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
93
Layout
1. Pages per Sheet
Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided
Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
94
Paper Handling
1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies
you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen
before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Page Order
Select the page order.
3. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
4. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
5. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected
paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the
paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.
95
Print Settings
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Slow Drying Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly. This option may cause slight
blurring of the text.
3. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
4. Color / Grayscale
Select colour or greyscale printing. The print speed is faster in greyscale mode than it is in colour mode. If
your document contains colour and you select greyscale mode, your document will be printed using 256
levels of greyscale.
5. Advanced
Change Data Transfer Mode
Select the print data transfer mode to improve print quality or print speed.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with
smudged printouts or paper jams.
Other Print Options
Paper Thickness
Select the appropriate paper thickness.
Bi-Directional Printing
Select this option to increase the print speed. When this option is selected, the print head prints in both
directions. When this option is cleared, the print head prints in only one direction, resulting in higher
quality printouts but causing slower print speeds.
96
Sometimes, the movement of the print head may vary due to environmental conditions. This may be
seen when you print vertical lines and they do not align. If you encounter this problem, turn off the Bi-
Directional Printing feature.
Color Settings
1. Color Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
2. Advanced Color Settings
Click the disclosure triangle to view the Advanced Colour Settings. Select the Colour Enhancement check
box, and then set the options using the sliders. This process may take several minutes depending on the size
of the image and the specifications of your computer.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Print a Photo (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac)
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
97
Home > Scan
Scan
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
98
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Photos and Graphics
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Scan to Email Attachment
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
99
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to Image] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer,
and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, go to the next step.
To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to
change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] setting, and then press OK.
To use the
[Scan Settings] option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother
iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] setting, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
100
Option Description
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not
allow you to change the settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to Image].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, press [Options] or [Set at Device].
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To use the [Options] or [Set at Device] setting, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Colour
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
101
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
102
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as
a PDF File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to File] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer,
and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, go to the next step.
To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to
change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] setting, and then press OK.
To use the
[Scan Settings] option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother
iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] setting, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
103
Option Description
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not
allow you to change the settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to File].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, press [Options] or [Set at Device], and then go to the next step.
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To use the [Options] or [Set at Device] settings, a computer with ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Colour
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start].
104
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
105
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Memory
Card or USB Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Scan documents and save them directly to a memory card or USB flash drive without using a computer.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Load your document.
2. Open the media slot cover.
3. Insert a media into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
4. Press a or b to select [Scan to Media], and then press OK.
5. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, go to the next step.
To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to
change the settings.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
ScanLongPaper(ADF)
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name
Rename the file.
File Name Style
Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
7. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not
allow you to change the settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
106
2. Open the machine's media slot cover.
3. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
4. Press [Scan to Media].
5. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press the [Factory Reset] option, and then press [Yes].
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name
Rename the file.
File Name Style
Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Crop
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass to a memory card
or USB flash drive. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
Remove Background
Colour
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
8. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue]. If there are no more
pages to scan, press [Finish]. After you finish scanning, make sure you choose [Finish] before
removing the memory card or USB flash drive from the machine.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the
memory card or USB flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or
damage the memory card or USB flash drive.
107
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Compatible Media
108
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Memory
Card or USB Flash Drive > Compatible Media
Compatible Media
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your Brother machine has media drives (slots) for use with common data storage and digital camera media.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB flash drive
(DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
SD Memory Card
SDHC Memory Card
SDXC Memory Card
MultiMediaCard
MultiMediaCard plus
miniSD (Adapter required)
miniSDHC (Adapter required)
microSD (Adapter required)
microSDHC (Adapter required)
MultiMediaCard mobile (Adapter required)
Related Information
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
Print Photos Directly from Media
109
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Multiple Business Cards and
Photos (Auto Crop)
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and use
the Auto Crop feature to create separate files or a single multi-page file.
Guidelines for Auto Crop
1. 10 mm or greater
2. 20 mm or greater (bottom)
This setting is available only for documents that are rectangular or square.
If your document is too long or wide, this feature will not work as described here.
You must place the documents away from the edges of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
You must place the documents at least 10 mm away from each other.
Auto Crop adjusts the skew of the document on the scanner glass; however, if your document is skewed
more than 45 degrees at less than 300 x 300 dpi or 10 degrees at 600 x 600 dpi, this feature will not work.
The ADF must be empty to use Auto Crop. (ADF models only)
The Auto Crop feature is available for a maximum of 16 documents, depending on the size of the documents.
1. Load documents on the scanner glass.
To scan documents using the Auto Crop feature, you must put the documents on the scanner glass.
The Auto Crop feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
2. Open the machine's media slot cover.
3. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
4. Press [Scan to Media] > [Options] > [Auto Crop].
5. Press [On].
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. Follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
110
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
111
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File Using
OCR
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to OCR] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer,
and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, go to the next step.
To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to
change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] setting, and then press OK.
To use the
[Scan Settings] option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother
iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] setting, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
112
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not
allow you to change the settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to OCR].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, press [Options] or [Set at Device].
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To use the [Options] or [Set at Device] setting, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Colour
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
113
6. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
114
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Email Attachment
Scan to Email Attachment
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to E-mail] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer,
and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, go to the next step.
To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to
change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] setting, and then press OK.
To use the
[Scan Settings] option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) or Brother
iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] setting, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
115
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
[Scan Type] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not
allow you to change the settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to E-mail].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, press [Options] or [Set at Device].
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email
application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
To use the [Options] or [Set at Device] setting, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Colour
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
116
6. Press [Start].
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application
and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
117
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8
and Windows
®
10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10 users to scan using a Brother
machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, and
Windows
®
10)
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and
Windows
®
10)
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
118
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10) > Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for
Scanning (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, and Windows
®
10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows
®
7,
Windows
®
8, and Windows
®
10)
Use Web Services to monitor printers on the network.
Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is
correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Network and Internet > View network computers and devices.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
Windows
®
8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > PC and devices > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
Windows
®
10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother MFC-XXXX (model name) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC
Address / Ethernet Address)).
Windows
®
8/Windows
®
10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click Install in the displayed menu.
Windows
®
8/Windows
®
10
Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
To uninstall drivers, click Uninstall or (Remove device).
Related Information
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
119
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10) > Scan Using Web Services from the Brother
Machine (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows
®
7,
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu
on your Brother machine's LCD.
Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language
settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
If the LCD displays an insufficient memory error message, choose a smaller size in the Paper size setting
or a lower resolution in the Resolution (DPI) setting.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [WS Scan]. Press OK.
b. Select the type of scan you want. Press OK.
c. Select the computer where you want to send data. Press OK.
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [WS Scan].
3. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want, and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
5. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
120
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10) > Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
Windows
®
10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles.... The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a Brother machine that supports Web Services for
scanning, and then click the Set as Default button.
5. Click Edit....
The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears.
6. Select the Source, Paper size, Color format, File type, Resolution (DPI), Brightness and Contrast
settings.
7. Click the Save Profile button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows
®
Fax and Scan from the list.
Related Information
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10)
121
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Device Scan Settings button.
The Device Scan Settings dialog box appears.
4. Click the tab for the Scan to action you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
5. Change the settings, as needed.
6. Click OK.
122
Each tab corresponds to a scan feature, as described below.
These settings can be changed.
Click the tabs, and then change the settings.
Tab Name Corresponding Feature
Image Scan to Image
OCR Scan to OCR
E-mail Scan to Email
File Scan to File
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language (Available only for certain models) - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes -
Scan Location - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auto Crop Yes - Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Type a prefix for your file name, if needed.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
123
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Click the Advanced Settings button in the scan settings dialog box to configure advanced settings.
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
- Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
124
Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
125
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Machine Scan Settings button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan
settings.
Related Information
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
126
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine.
Use the software applications provided by Brother, or use your favourite scanning application.
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Using Nuance
PaperPort
14SE or Other Windows
®
Applications
Scan Using Windows
®
Fax and Scan
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows
®
)
127
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
128
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the document's Scan Size, if needed.
6. Click (Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. If you scanned multiple pages using the ADF, click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned
page. (ADF models only)
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Do one of the following:
Click
(Save) to save scanned data.
Click
(Print) to print scanned data.
Click (Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
Click (Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
Click
(OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
129
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
130
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Select the Document Type option that matches the type of original you want to scan.
Option Description
Photo 600 x 600 dpi 24bit Colour
Text and Graph 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour
Monochrome Text 200 x 200 dpi Black & White
Custom 300 x 300 dpi (24bit Colour as default) Select the scan settings you want from the
Custom Settings button.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows
®
)
131
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Custom Scan Settings (Windows
®
)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows
®
)
Select Custom in the Document Type list to change advanced scan settings.
Select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
You can change the following settings:
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory
and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
- Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
- Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
- Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
- True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
- 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8
million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
132
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to
set the Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a
value into the field to set the Contrast level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
- Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. (Available only for
certain models)
- Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
- Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
- Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
Related Information
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
133
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Change Scan Size Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
For faster scan speeds, select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
134
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Crop a Scanned Image Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
The crop tool on the Image Editing Toolbar lets you trim unwanted areas from your scanned image. Use the
Zoom In and Zoom Out tools to help view the image to be cropped.
Image Editing Toolbar
1. Restart
Cancels all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image returns to its original state.
2. Fit to Window
Displays the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
3. Zoom In
Zooms in on the scanned image.
4. Zoom Out
Zooms out of the scanned image.
5. Crop and Edit
Removes the outer parts of the image. Click the Crop and Edit button, and then change the frame to contain
the area you want to keep after cropping.
6. Page Counter
Indicates the page number of the scanned page currently shown in the image viewer. To display a different
page, select the desired page number from the drop-down page number list.
If you have scanned multiple pages, you can see the next or previous scanned page by clicking the left or
right arrow buttons in the preview window.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click (Crop and Edit) to edit the scanned image.
The Crop and Edit - ControlCenter4 window appears.
135
a. Expands the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
b. Zooms in on the image.
c. Zooms out of the image.
d. Rotates the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees.
e. Rotates the image clockwise 90 degrees.
f. Click and drag the frame to adjust the area to be cropped.
3. Click OK.
The edited image appears in the image viewer.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
136
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Print Scanned Data Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan a document on your Brother machine, and then print copies using the printer driver features that are
available in ControlCenter4.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click Print.
a. Shows which images are currently selected.
b. Click the Properties button to change specific printer settings.
c. Select the Paper Size, Media Type and Layout options. The current settings are enclosed in a blue
square.
3. Configure the print settings, and then click the Start Printing button.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
137
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
) > Open with an Application Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
)
The Open with an Application button lets you scan an image directly into your graphics application for editing.
1. Click the Open with an Application button.
2. Select the application from the drop-down list, and then click OK.
The image will be opened in the application you have selected.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
138
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Click Save.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
139
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
10. To change the file name, click the
Change button, if needed.
11. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
12. Click OK.
The scanned document is saved to the destination folder as a PDF.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
140
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Settings Applicable Features
Open
with an
Applicati
on
OCR Send E-
mail
Save
File Type - Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language (Available only for certain models) - Yes - -
File Name - - - Yes
Scan Location - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
File Size Priority - - Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Send E-mail and Save:
Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8,
and Windows
®
10, or when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx) (Available only for certain models)
For OCR:
Text (*.txt)
HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
WordPad (*.rtf)
RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
141
Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Custom Settings
Select the Custom option, click the Custom Settings button, and then change settings.
Scan Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
142
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customise one-button scan actions.
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
143
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the Image button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
144
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
To change the file name, click Change.
To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
145
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
146
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
6. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, resolution and colour, if needed.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The file is saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
147
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
148
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the ID Card Scan check box.
The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then click OK.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, scan location, resolution and colour, if needed.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click Continue to scan
the other side.
10. Click Finish.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
149
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email client.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the E-mail button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
150
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
To change the file name, click Change.
To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. Your default email application opens and the scanned image is attached to a
new, blank email message.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
151
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced
Mode (Windows
®
)
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the OCR button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
152
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
To change the file name, click Change.
To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
153
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Your machine can convert scanned data to a Microsoft
®
Word, Microsoft
®
PowerPoint
®
, or Microsoft
®
Excel
®
file.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
To use this feature, your computer must be connected to the Internet.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the E-mail or File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the Microsoft Office Word (*.docx), Microsoft Office
PowerPoint (*.pptx), or Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx) option.
6. Change the scan settings, if needed.
7. Click the Scan button.
If a message dialog box regarding the Internet connection appears, read the information and click OK.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
154
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language (Available only for certain models) - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes -
Scan Location - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
Show Save As Window - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
PreScan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Continuous Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auto Crop Yes - Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Image, E-mail and File:
Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8,
and Windows
®
10, or when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
155
For OCR:
Text (*.txt)
HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
WordPad (*.rtf)
RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
For E-mail and File:
Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx) (Available only for certain models)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
PreScan
Select PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
156
Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the scan settings dialog box.
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
- Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped. (Available
only for certain models)
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
157
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using Nuance
PaperPort
14SE or Other
Windows
®
Applications
Scan Using Nuance
PaperPort
14SE or Other Windows
®
Applications
You can use the Nuance
PaperPort
14SE application for scanning.
To download the Nuance
PaperPort
14SE application, click (Brother Utilities), select Do More in
the left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort.
Nuance
PaperPort
14SE supports Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
10 Home,
Windows
®
10 Pro, Windows
®
10 Education and Windows
®
10 Enterprise.
For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort
14SE. For other Windows
®
applications,
the steps will be similar. PaperPort
14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
Depending on the model of your machine, Nuance
PaperPort
14SE may not be included. If it is not
included, you can use other software applications that support scanning.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort
14SE.
Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Using your computer, click
(Start) > All Programs > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
Windows
®
8
Click (PaperPort).
Windows
®
10
Click
> Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click Select.
5. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-
XXXX LAN (where MFC-XXXX is the model name of your machine). To use the WIA driver, select the Brother
driver that has "WIA" as the prefix.
6. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
7. Click Scan.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
158
8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
9. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
10. Click PreScan if you want to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
11. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows
®
)
159
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using Nuance
PaperPort
14SE or Other
Windows
®
Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows
®
)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows
®
)
Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
1. Scan
Select the Photo, Web, or Text option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type)
Resolution Scan Type
Photo Use for scanning photo images. 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour
Web Use for attaching the scanned
image to web pages.
100 x 100 dpi 24bit Colour
Text Use for scanning text
documents.
200 x 200 dpi Black & White
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
160
Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom, the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document
size.
5. Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set
the brightness level.
6. Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
in the field to set the contrast level.
7. Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
8. Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scanner Setup dialog box.
Paper
- Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Enhancement
- Background Processing
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
161
Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
- Colour Drop
Select a colour to remove from the scanned image.
- Boldface Formatting
Emphasise the characters of the original by making them bold.
- Blurred Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
- Edge Emphasis
Make the characters of the original sharper.
- Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the 24bit Colour option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or
600 x 600 dpi scan resolution.
Paper Handling
- Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected colour and range.
- Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
Related Information
Scan Using Nuance
PaperPort
14SE or Other Windows
®
Applications
162
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using Windows
®
Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows
®
Fax and Scan
Windows
®
Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
Windows
®
Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver.
If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner
glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch Windows
®
Fax and Scan.
3. Click File > New > Scan.
4. Select the scanner you want to use.
5. Click Import or OK.
The New Scan dialog box appears.
6. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use
the Scanner Utility software of Brother Utilities.
7. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning the document.
Related Information
Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
163
WIA Driver Settings (Windows
®
)
164
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Scan Using Windows
®
Fax and Scan > WIA
Driver Settings (Windows
®
)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows
®
)
Paper source
Select the Document Feeder or Flatbed option from the drop-down list.
Picture Type (Image Type)
Select Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text , or Custom Settings for the type
of document you want to scan.
To change advanced settings, click the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture link.
Page size
The Page size option is available if you select the Document Feeder as the Paper source option.
165
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value in
the field to set the contrast level.
Resolution (DPI)
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution (DPI) list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Related Information
Scan Using Windows
®
Fax and Scan
166
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
) > Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard
Enhancer (Windows
®
)
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows
®
)
BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer are image processing applications. BookScan Enhancer can
automatically correct images scanned from books. Whiteboard Enhancer can clean up and enhance text and
images in photos taken of a whiteboard.
These applications are not available for Windows Server
®
series.
The machine must be turned on and connected to the computer.
The computer must be connected to the Internet.
You must be logged on with Administrator access privileges.
1. Click (Brother Utilities).
2. Select your machine from the drop-down list.
3. Select Do More in the left navigation bar.
4. Click BookScan&WhiteBoard Suite and follow the on-screen instructions to install.
Related Information
Scan from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
167
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
There are several ways you can use your Mac to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine. Use the
software applications provided by Brother or your favourite scanning application.
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
168
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Scan icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
169
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant applications. For more information about the scanning procedure, see
the manual for your application.
To use Brother TWAIN Driver, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Scanner Driver (TWAIN).
1. Start your graphics application, and then select the scan operation.
The scanner setup dialog box appears.
2. Change the scan settings, such as Resolution, Scan Type, or Adjust Image, if needed.
3. Click the Document Size pop-up menu, and then select your document size.
4. Click the PreScan option to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
After you select a document size, adjust the scanning area by holding down the mouse button and
dragging your mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan.
5. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
170
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications
(Mac) > TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
1
2
3
4
5
Item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
The Contrast setting is available only when selecting Gray (Error Diffusion), True Gray, or 24bit
Color from the Scan Type options.
1. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
2. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
3. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom, you can specify the document size.
171
4. Adjust Image
Click the Adjust Image button to adjust other image qualities.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the box to
set the brightness.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a
value in the box to set the contrast.
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is
available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or 600 x 600 dpi
scan resolutions.
5. Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Related Information
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
172
Home > Copy
Copy
Copy a Document
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Sort Copies
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy an ID Card
Copy in Ink Save Mode
Copy Options
173
Home > Copy > Copy a Document
Copy a Document
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Press (COPY).
The LCD displays:
Press Start
Normal
Quality
Plain Paper
Paper Type
01
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the control panel.
Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Change the copy settings, if needed.
Press a or b to scroll through the copy settings. When the setting you want is highlighted, press OK.
When you load paper other than A4 size plain paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and
[Paper Type] settings.
6. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
To stop copying, press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
[Copy].
The touchscreen displays:
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
174
When you load paper other than A4 size plain paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and [Paper
Type] settings by pressing [Options].
Option Description
(No. of
Copies)
Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the touchscreen.
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the
number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press OK.
Options
Press to change the copy settings for the next copy only.
When you have finished changing settings, press OK.
Current setting
indications
Press the area indicated on the screen in the previous step to change these settings for
the next copy only.
Quality
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
When you have finished changing settings, press OK.
After you have finished selecting new options, you can save them by pressing the [Save as Shortcut]
button.
5. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
To stop copying, press .
Related Information
Copy
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Copy Options
175
Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the control panel.
Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Enlarge/Reduce]. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the available options. Press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction
ratio you want to use. Press OK.
If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%] to
[400%]. Press OK.
If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in
the machine.
The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is
skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place your
document in the upper-left corner, with the document face down on the scanner glass.
The [Fit to Page] option is not available when using the ADF.
The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
176
Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press [Options] > [Enlarge/Reduce].
5. Press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want to change.
6. Do one of the following:
If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to
use.
If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, press
(backspace) to erase the displayed
percentage, or press d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%]
to [400%].
Press [OK].
If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. Read and confirm the displayed list of options you have selected, and then press [OK].
8. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in
the machine.
The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is
skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place your
document in the upper-left corner, with the document face down on the scanner glass.
The [Fit to Page] option is not available when using the ADF. (ADF models only)
The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
Related Information
Copy
177
Home > Copy > Sort Copies
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Press (COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the control panel.
Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Stack/Sort]. Press OK.
b. Select [Sort]. Press OK.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine
scans the document and starts printing.
6. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the document and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
Copy
178
Home > Copy > Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
The poster feature divides your document into sections, then enlarges the sections so you can assemble them
into a poster. To print a poster, use the scanner glass.
Make sure the paper size is set to A4, or Letter.
You can make only one Poster copy at a time.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the control panel.
Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Page Layout]. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the options, and then press OK to select the option you want.
Option Description
Off(1in1)
-
2in1(Portrait)
179
Option Description
2in1(Landscape)
2in1(ID)
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. If you placed the document in the ADF or are making a poster, the
machine scans the pages and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
180
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout].
5. Press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
Off(1in1)
-
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
2in1(ID)
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
181
6. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
7. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF (ADF models only) or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts
printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
Copy
182
Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
We recommend loading single-sided documents in the ADF for 2-sided copying. (ADF models only)
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
When you manually make 2 sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
You can use only A4, A5, or Letter size plain paper.
Portrait
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
2–sided to 2–sided
1
2
1
2
Landscape
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
2–sided to 2–sided
1
2
1
2
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
183
2. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Press (COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the control panel.
Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. To sort multiple copies, press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Stack/Sort]. Press OK.
b. Select [Sort]. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [2-sided Copy]. Press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, press a or b to select the following:
a. To change the layout options, select [Layout]. Press OK.
b. Select [Long Edge Flip] or [Short Edge Flip]. Press OK.
c. Select [1sided2sided]. Press OK.
To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press a or b to select [2sided2sided].
Press OK.
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine
scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject
the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, follow these steps:
1. Press Settings.
2. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
3. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
4. Select [Print Setting Options]. Press OK.
5. Select [Reduce Smudging]. Press OK.
6. Change settings. Press OK.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. To sort multiple copies, press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. Press a or b to display the [2-sided Copy] option, and then press it.
6. Do one of the following:
To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps:
184
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short
Edge Flip].
b. Press [1-sided2-sided].
To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press [2-sided2-sided].
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Review your settings on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
8. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the
machine scans the pages and starts printing.
9. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject
the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, press [Settings] > [Maintenance] >
[Print Setting Options] > [Reduce Smudging], and then change settings.
Related Information
Copy
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
185
Home > Copy > Copy an ID Card
Copy an ID Card
Use the [2in1(ID)] feature to copy both sides of an identification card onto one page, keeping the original
card size.
Make sure the paper size is set to A4 or Letter.
You may copy an identification card to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed
information, see the Product Safety Guide.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
a
b
c
d
a
a. 3 mm or greater (top, left)
b. 207 mm
c. 145 mm
d. Scannable area
2. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press - or + on the control panel.
Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Page Layout]. Press OK.
b. Select [2in1(ID)]. Press OK.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press c to scan the other
side.
186
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
a
b
c
d
a
a. 3 mm or greater (top, left)
b. 207 mm
c. 145 mm
d. Scannable area
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout] > [2in1(ID)].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected. When you have finished changing settings,
press [OK].
6. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
7. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press [Continue] to scan
the other side.
Related Information
Copy
187
Home > Copy > Copy in Ink Save Mode
Copy in Ink Save Mode
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When you select Ink Save Mode, the machine prints the colours lighter and emphasises the outlines of the
images.
The amount of ink that is saved varies depending on the type of documents printed.
Ink Save Mode may make your printouts look different from your original document.
The Ink Save Mode feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press [Options] > [Advanced Settings] > [Ink Save Mode].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
Related Information
Copy
188
Home > Copy > Copy Options
Copy Options
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Option Description
Quality
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get
the best print quality.
Paper Size
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than A4 size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
1
2
2
Sort
2
1
2
1
Page Layout
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in1 Poster
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
1
2
1
2
2-sided→2-sided
1
2
1
2
189
Option Description
Remove Background
Removes the document's background colour in copies. The white background becomes
more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
Set New Default
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Factory Reset
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
To change copy settings, press the [Options] button.
Option
Description
Quality
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get
the best print quality.
Paper Size
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than A4 size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
1
2
1
2
2-sided→2-sided
1
2
1
2
Density
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Remove Background
Colour
Removes the document's background colour in copies. The white background becomes
more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
190
Option Description
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
1
2
2
Sort
2
1
2
1
Page Layout
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in 1 Poster
Advanced Settings
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
Ink Save Mode
Prints colours lighter and emphasises the outlines of images.
Thin Paper Copy
Avoids bleeding through thin paper when copying.
191
Option Description
Book Copy
Corrects dark borders and skew when copying from the scanner glass.
Watermark Copy
Places text in your document as a watermark.
Set New Default
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Factory Reset
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
The Ink Save Mode, Thin Paper Copy, Book Copy and Watermark Copy features are supported by
technology from Reallusion, Inc.
Related Information
Copy
Copy a Document
192
Home > Fax
Fax
Send a Fax
Receive a Fax
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Telephone Services and External Devices
Fax Reports
PC-FAX
193
Home > Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Fax Options
194
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press (FAX).
The LCD displays:
Pre s s Star t
Enter Number
Sta ndard
Fax Resolu tion
Aut o
Con t rast
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the dial pad.
Redial (Redial the last number you dialled.)
Press Redial/Pause.
Outgoing call (Select a number from the Outgoing Call history.)
Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Outgoing Call]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want, and then press OK.
d. Press c to select [Apply].
Caller ID (Select a number from the Caller ID history.)
Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Caller ID History]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want, and then press OK.
d. Press c to select [Apply].
[Address Book] (Select a number from the Address Book.)
Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Address Book]. Press OK.
b. Select [Search]. Press OK.
c. Do one of the following:
- Enter the two-digit Speed Dial number using the dial pad.
- Select a number from the list in the following ways:
i. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order]. Press OK.
ii. Select the number you want. Press OK.
iii. Press c to select [Apply].
4. To change the fax settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK.
195
5. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
6. Do one of the following:
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
If you are using the scanner glass and pressed Mono Start, the machine starts scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
If you are using the scanner glass and pressed Colour Start, the LCD asks if you want to send a colour
fax.
Press c to confirm. The machine starts dialling and sending the document.
7. When the LCD displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
Press c to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c. The machine
starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Press d to send the fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
The touchscreen displays:
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the touchscreen.
Call History
Press [Call History].
Press [Redial], [Outgoing Call] or [Caller ID History].
If you select [Outgoing Call] or [Caller ID History], select the number you want, and then
press [Apply].
Address Book
Press [Address Book].
Do one of the following:
- Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
- Press
, and then enter the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to
dial. If the name has two numbers, press the number you want. Press [Apply].
196
4. To change the fax settings, press [Options].
When finished, press [OK].
5. Press [Fax Start].
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Mono] in the [Colour Setting], the machine starts
scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Colour] in the [Colour Setting], the touchscreen
asks if you want to send a colour fax.
Press [Yes (Colour fax)] to confirm. The machine starts dialling and sending the document.
6. When the touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
Send a Fax
Fax Options
197
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialling, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. To listen for a dial tone, pick up the handset of the external telephone.
3. Dial the fax number using the external telephone.
4. When you hear fax tones, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.
5. Replace the handset of the external phone.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. To listen for a dial tone, pick up the handset of the external telephone.
3. Dial the fax number using the external telephone.
4. When you hear fax tones, press
and then press [Fax Start].
If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of the external phone.
Related Information
Send a Fax
198
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.
4. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
to display the [Fax Start] button.
4. Press [Fax Start].
If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
Related Information
Send a Fax
199
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialling.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually-dialled numbers in the same
broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 90
different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(FAX).
3. Press a or b to select [Broadcasting] and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Add Number] and then press OK.
5. You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
Enter a number using the dial pad:
a. Press a or b to select [Add Number], and then press OK.
b. Enter a number using the dial pad, and then press OK.
Select a number from the Address Book:
a. Press a or b to select [Add from Address book], and then press OK.
b. Press a or b to select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order], and then press OK.
c. Press a or b to select the Speed Dial name or number you want.
d. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Speed Dial name or number, and then press
OK.
Search a number in the Address Book:
a. Press a or b to select [Search in Address book], and then press OK.
b. Enter the first letter of the name using the dial pad, and then press OK.
c. Press a or b to select the name, and then press OK.
d. Press OK again.
6. When finished, press a or b to select [Complete]. Press OK.
7. Press Mono Start.
8. Do one of the following:
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the LCD displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
- Press c to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c. The
machine starts scanning the page.
200
Repeat this step for each additional page.
- Press d to send a fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press Stop/Exit to cancel.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually-dialled numbers in the same
broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 250
different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Broadcasting].
4. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
Press [Add Number] and enter a fax number using the dial pad. Press [OK].
Press [Add from Address book]. Press a or b to display the numbers you want to add to the
broadcast. Select the check boxes of the numbers you want to add.
When finished, press [OK].
Press [Search in Address book]. Press the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the
name, and then press the number you want to add.
Repeat this step to enter additional fax numbers.
5. When finished, press [OK].
6. Press [Fax Start].
7. Do one of the following:
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
- Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
- Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK].
The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
Send a Fax
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
201
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
While broadcasting you can cancel the fax currently being sent or the whole broadcast job.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Remaining Jobs]. Press OK.
The LCD displays the fax number being dialled and the broadcasting job number.
3. Press a or b to select the job you want to cancel in the following ways:
To cancel the entire broadcast, select the broadcasting job number and then press OK.
Press c to confirm or press d to exit without cancelling.
To cancel the current number being dialled, select the name or number on the LCD and then press OK.
Press c to confirm or press d to exit without cancelling.
To exit without cancelling, press Stop/Exit.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press
.
3. Do one of the following:
To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast]. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to
exit without cancelling.
To cancel the current number being dialled, press the name or number on the touchscreen. Press [Yes]
to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
To exit without cancelling, press
.
Related Information
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
202
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the
telephone line is free, the machine starts dialling and sending. If you want to send an important document
immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX].
If you are sending a colour fax or if the machine's memory is full and you are sending a monochrome fax
from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time (even if [Real Time TX] is set to [Off]).
In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(FAX).
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Real Time TX]. Press OK.
b. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Real Time TX].
4. Press [On] (or [Off]).
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
Send a Fax
203
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Delayed Fax].
4. Press [Delayed Fax].
5. Press [On].
6. Press [Set Time].
7. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount and type of data.
8. Press [OK].
9. Enter the fax number.
10. Press [Fax Start].
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
11. When the touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
Press [No] when finished scanning pages.
Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
Send a Fax
204
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you are sending a fax automatically and the line is busy when the Fax Auto Redial setting is set to [On], the
machine redials up to three times at five minute intervals.
The default setting is [On].
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Fax Auto Redial]. Press OK.
c. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Fax Auto Redial].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
Send a Fax
205
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
2. When you press Stop/Exit while the machine is dialling or sending, the LCD displays [Cancel Job?].
Press c to confirm.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
3. When you press while the machine is dialling or sending, the touchscreen displays [Cancel Job?].
Press [Yes].
Related Information
Send a Fax
Telephone and Fax Problems
206
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Follow these steps to view or to cancel faxes stored in the machine's memory and waiting to be sent. If there are
no fax jobs in memory, the LCD displays [No Jobs Waiting]. You can cancel a fax job before it is sent.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Remaining Jobs]. Press OK.
3. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel:
a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, select the job you want to cancel and then press
OK.
b. Press c to confirm or press d to exit without cancelling.
4. When finished, press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remaining Jobs].
2. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel:
a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, press the job you want to cancel.
b. Press [OK].
c. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
3. When finished, press .
Related Information
Send a Fax
Telephone and Fax Problems
207
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Fax Options
Fax Options
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
To change fax-sending settings, press (FAX).
Option Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass Scan Size
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
See Related Information: Scanner Specifications in Specifications.
Broadcasting
(monochrome only)
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Select a number from the Call History.
Address Book
Select a number from the Address Book.
Set New Default
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.
Option
Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass Scan Size
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
See Related Information: Scanner Specifications in Specifications.
Broadcasting
(monochrome only)
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Preview
(monochrome only)
Preview a fax message before you send it.
You cannot send a colour fax when Preview is set to On.
Colour Setting
Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or colour.
Colour faxes cannot be stored in the machine’s memory and the
machine sends them immediately.
208
Option Description
Use the ADF to send colour faxes with multiple pages.
You cannot send a colour fax when Preview is set to On.
Delayed Fax
(monochrome only)
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Batch TX
(monochrome only)
Economise by sending all delayed faxes scheduled for the same
time and fax number as one fax to save transmission time.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Select a number from the Call History.
Address Book
Select a number from the Address Book.
Set New Default
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
Send a Fax
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Specifications
209
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax
Receive a Fax
Receive Mode Settings
Fax Preview
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Memory Receive Options
Remote Fax Retrieval
210
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
Receive Modes Overview
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set Fax Detect
211
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Some receive modes answer automatically ([Fax Only] and [Fax/Tel]). You may want to change the Ring
Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only
[Fax Only] mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel
[Fax/Tel] mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognising whether they are fax or voice calls and
handling them in one of the following ways:
Faxes will be received automatically.
Voice calls will start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the line. The F/T ring is a pseudo/double-ring made
by your machine.
Manual
[Manual] mode turns off all automatic answering functions (unless you are using the BT Call Sign feature).
To receive a fax in [Manual] mode, lift the handset of the external telephone. When you hear fax tones (short
repeating beeps), press the Start button, and then select [Receive] to receive a fax. You can also use the
Fax Detect feature to receive faxes by lifting a handset on the same line as the machine.
External TAD
[External TAD] mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls will be handled in the following ways:
Faxes will be received automatically.
Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
Receive Mode Settings
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set Fax Detect
Connect an External TAD
212
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You must choose a Receive Mode depending on the external devices and telephone services you have on your
line.
By default, your machine automatically will receive any faxes that are sent to it. The diagram below will help you
select the correct mode.
Do you want to use the telephone features of your machine (if available) or
an external telephone or external telephone answering device connected on the
same line as the machine?
Yes
Fax Only
No
No
No
Manual
Yes
External TAD
Fax/Tel
Are you using the voice message function of
an external telephone answering device?
Do you want the machine to answer fax and
telephone calls automatically?
Yes
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Receive Mode]. Press OK.
If the option to change the Receive Mode is unavailable, make sure the BT Call Sign feature is set to
[Off].
3. Press a or b to select the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Receive Mode].
If the option to change the Receive Mode is unavailable, make sure the BT Call Sign feature is set to
[Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press the option you want.
3. Press .
213
Related Information
Receive Mode Settings
Remote Retrieval Commands
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
Connect an External TAD
Telephone and Fax Problems
214
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in
the Ring Delay option.
The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in [Fax Only] and
[Fax/Tel] modes.
If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, select the maximum
number of rings.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Ring Delay]. Press OK.
d. Select the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers. Press OK.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Ring Delay].
2. Press the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
3. Press .
Related Information
Receive Mode Settings
Receive Modes Overview
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Set Fax Detect
Telephone and Fax Problems
215
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When you set the Receive Mode to [Fax/Tel], if the call is a fax, your machine will receive it automatically.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) for the time you set in the
F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
Because the F/T ring is a setting only on your Brother machine, extension and external telephones will not ring;
however, you can still answer the machine's call on any telephone.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [F/T Ring Time]. Press OK.
d. Select how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [F/T Ring Time].
2. Press how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call.
3. Press
.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
Related Information
Receive Mode Settings
Receive Modes Overview
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
216
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set Fax Detect
Set Fax Detect
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If Fax Detect is On: The machine receives a fax call automatically, even if you answer the call. When the
message that your machine is receiving a fax appears on the LCD or when you hear “chirps” through the
handset you are using, just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Fax Detect is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call by lifting the handset, press the Start button,
and then select [Receive] to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension or external telephone, press *51.
If Fax Detect is set to [On], but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension or
external telephone handset, press the remote activation code *51.
If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Fax Detect to [Off].
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Fax Detect]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Detect].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
Related Information
Receive Mode Settings
Receive Modes Overview
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Use the Remote Codes
Telephone and Fax Problems
217
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Fax Preview
Fax Preview
Use the Fax Preview feature to view received faxes on the LCD.
Set Fax Preview to On
Preview New Faxes
218
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Fax Preview > Set Fax Preview to On
Set Fax Preview to On
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed for Fax Forwarding,
PC-Fax Receiving and Forward to Cloud operations, even if you set Backup Print to On.
Although printed faxes show the received date and time when Fax Receive Stamp is turned on, the Fax
Preview screen will not display the received date and time.
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Fax Preview].
3. Press [On] (or [Off]).
The touchscreen displays a message saying future received faxes will not be printed.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press .
If faxes are stored in the memory when you change Fax Preview to Off, do one of the following:
If you do not want to print the stored faxes, press [Continue].
Press [Yes] to confirm.
Your faxes will be deleted.
To print all the stored faxes, press [Print All Faxes Before Delete].
If you do not want to turn off Fax Preview, press [Cancel].
Related Information
Fax Preview
219
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Fax Preview > Preview New Faxes
Preview New Faxes
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When a fax is received, a message appears on the LCD.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
To see a fax you already previewed, press
[Fax] and [Received Faxes].
1. Press to view new faxes.
2. The fax list includes old and new faxes. A blue mark appears next to new faxes.
Press the fax you want.
If you want to print or delete all the faxes in the list, press [Print/Delete].
Do one of the following:
Press [Print All(New Faxes)] to print all faxes you have not yet viewed.
Press [Print All(Old Faxes)] to print all faxes you have viewed.
Press [Delete All(New Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have not yet viewed.
Press [Delete All(Old Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have viewed.
3. Perform the following operations by pressing the buttons shown in the table:
220
Button Result
Enlarge the fax.
Reduce the fax.
or Scroll vertically.
or Scroll horizontally.
Rotate the fax clockwise.
Delete the fax.
Press Yes to confirm.
Go back to the previous page.
Go to the next page.
Go back to the fax list.
Start
Print the fax.
If the fax is a single page, it starts printing. A touchscreen message asks if you want to delete
the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To keep the fax in the
machine's memory, press No.
If the fax has multiple pages, do one of the following:
Press Print All Pages to print the whole message. A touchscreen message asks if
you want to delete the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To
keep the fax in the machine's memory, press No.
Press Print Displayed Only to print only the displayed page.
Press Print From Displayed to print from the displayed page to the last page.
If your fax is large there may be a delay before it is displayed.
The touchscreen displays the current page number and total pages of the fax message.
4. Press
.
Related Information
Fax Preview
221
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When the [Auto Reduction] feature is [On], your Brother machine reduces any oversized incoming fax page
to fit on your paper. The machine calculates the reduction ratio using the page size of the fax, and your Paper
Size setting.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Auto Reduction]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Auto Reduction].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
Related Information
Receive a Fax
Paper Settings
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
222
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Set the machine to print the date and time of receipt at the top of each incoming fax page. Make sure you have
set the current date and time on the machine.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Fax Rx Stamp]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Rx Stamp].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
Related Information
Receive a Fax
223
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your Brother machine and the other party is also speaking on
a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax
before you both hang up.
Your machine's ADF must be empty.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press Mono Start or Colour Start.
3. Press d to receive the fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. Press to display the [Fax Start] button.
3. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press [Fax Start].
4. Press [Receive] to receive the fax.
5. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
Receive a Fax
224
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only
one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
Fax Forwarding (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Fax Storage (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
PC-Fax Receive
Forward to Cloud (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
The machine forwards your received faxes to the online services.
Off
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows
®
only)
Change Memory Receive Options
Turn Off Memory Receive
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
225
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Forward] option, and then press it.
3. Enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad.
Press [OK].
4. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
If you select [Backup Print: On], the machine prints received faxes at your machine so you will
have a copy.
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On].
If you receive a colour fax, your machine only prints the colour fax and does not forward it to the Fax
Forwarding number you programmed.
5. Press .
Related Information
Memory Receive Options
226
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax
messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your
machine prints a backup copy of each stored fax.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press it.
3. Press .
Related Information
Memory Receive Options
Forward Faxes Remotely
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Remote Retrieval Commands
227
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows
®
only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows
®
only)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature, automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then
send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes. When you receive a colour fax, your machine prints
the colour fax but does not send the fax to your computer.
Before you can set up PC-Fax Receive, you must install the Brother software and drivers on your
computer. Make sure your computer is connected and turned on. You must have the PC-FAX Receiving
software running on your computer.
Even if your computer is turned off, your machine will receive and store faxes in its memory. When you start your
computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers faxes to your computer
automatically.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [PC Fax Receive]. Press OK.
d. Select [On]. Press OK.
The LCD displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.].
e. Press c.
f. Select [<USB>] or the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a
network. Press OK.
g. Select [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [PC Fax Receive].
2. Press [On].
The touchscreen displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.]
3. Press [OK].
4. Press [<USB>] or press the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a
network. Press [OK].
5. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On].
228
6. Press .
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
Related Information
Memory Receive Options
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
)
229
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If there are faxes in your machine's memory when you change any Memory Receive option, the LCD displays
one of the following questions:
If received faxes have already been printed, the touchscreen displays [Erase all documents?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option ([Fax Forward], [Forward to Cloud], or [Fax Storage]), press [<USB>] or the name of the
computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked if you want to turn on Backup
Print.
The touchscreen displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
Related Information
Memory Receive Options
Turn Off Memory Receive
230
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Off].
The touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?] or [Erase all documents?] if received faxes are in
your machine's memory.
3. Press .
Related Information
Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Error and Maintenance Messages
Telephone and Fax Problems
231
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
After you print the fax, it is erased from the machine's memory.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If you turn on [PC Fax Receive], your machine will receive and store your faxes in its memory even when
your PC is turned off.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Print Document]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can print all faxes from the memory.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Print Document].
You can also print the faxes from the memory by pressing [Stored Faxes] on the touchscreen.
2. Press [Yes].
Related Information
Memory Receive Options
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Error and Maintenance Messages
Telephone and Fax Problems
232
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote
access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
Set a Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Remote Retrieval Commands
Forward Faxes Remotely
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
233
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your Brother machine even when you are away from it.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] through [9], [*], or [#] using the dial pad (The preset '*'
cannot be changed).
Press [OK].
DO NOT use the same code used for your Remote Activation Code (*51) or Remote Deactivation Code
(#51).
To delete your code, press and hold to restore the inactive setting (- - - *), and then press [OK].
3. Press .
Related Information
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Your Remote Access Code
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Use the Remote Codes
234
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. When away from your Brother machine, dial your fax number from a touch-tone telephone or fax machine.
2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your three-digit Remote Access Code, followed by *.
3. Your Brother machine signals if it has received faxes:
One long beep - the machine received at least one fax
No beeps - the machine has not received a fax
4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command.
The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command.
The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command.
5. When finished, press 9, and then press 0 to deactivate your machine.
6. Hang up.
This feature may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
Remote Fax Retrieval
Set a Remote Access Code
235
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your
Brother machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the
system will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the
options (column 2) for that command.
Remote
commands
Options Operation details
95 Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax
Storage settings
1 OFF You can select Off after you retrieve or erase all
your messages.
2 Fax Forwarding One long beep means the change is accepted. If
you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a
change because something has not been set up
(for example, a Fax Forwarding number has not
been registered). You can register your Fax
Forwarding number by entering 4. After you
register the number, Fax Forwarding will work.
4 Fax Forwarding number
6 Fax Storage
96 Retrieve a fax
2 Retrieve all faxes Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to
receive stored fax messages.
3 Erase faxes from memory If you hear one long beep, fax messages have
been erased from memory.
97 Check the receiving status
1 Fax Check whether your machine has received any
faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not,
you will hear three short beeps.
98 Change the Receive Mode
1 External TAD One long beep means the change has been
accepted.
2 Fax/Tel
3 Fax Only
90 Exit Press 9 0 to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long
beep, then hang up.
Related Information
Remote Fax Retrieval
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Forward Faxes Remotely
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
236
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Call your Brother machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another
machine.
You must turn on Fax Storage , or Fax Preview before you use this feature.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2.
4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the fax number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax
machine where you want your fax messages sent, followed by # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Hang up after you hear one long beep. Your Brother machine will forward any incoming faxes to the fax
number you entered. The other fax machine will then print your fax messages.
Related Information
Remote Fax Retrieval
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Remote Retrieval Commands
237
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4.
4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax
messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when finished.
6. Hang up after you hear one long beep.
Related Information
Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Retrieval Commands
238
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Voice Operations
Store Fax Numbers
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
239
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations
Voice Operations
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
240
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (pseudo/double-ringing) to alert you to pick up a
voice call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press Tel/R button or [Pickup] button
to answer.
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring and then press #51 between the
pseudo/double rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the
machine by pressing *51.
Related Information
Voice Operations
241
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers
Store Fax Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
242
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
You can store up to 40 two-digit Speed Dial codes, and each code has a name.
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Set Speed Dial]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the two-digit Speed Dial code where you want to store the number. Press OK.
b. Select [Name]. Press OK.
c. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
d. Select [Fax/Tel]. Press OK.
e. Enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits). Press OK.
Press Redial/Pause to insert a pause between numbers. You can press Redial/Pause as many times
as needed to increase the length of the pause.
Be sure to include the area code when entering a fax or telephone number. Depending on the country,
the Caller ID names and history may not be displayed correctly if the area code is not registered with
the fax or telephone number.
f. Select [OK] and then press OK.
To store another Speed Dial code, repeat these steps.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Add New Address] > [Name].
b. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Address 1].
d. Enter the first fax telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
Press [Pause] to insert a pause between numbers. You can press [Pause] as many times as needed
to increase the length of the pause.
Be sure to include the area code when entering a fax or telephone number. Depending on the country,
the Caller ID names and history may not be displayed correctly if the area code is not registered with
the fax or telephone number.
e. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
f. Press [OK] to confirm.
To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
243
Related Information
Store Fax Numbers
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
244
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can store Address Book numbers from the Outgoing Call history.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Outgoing Call]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want to store. Press OK.
d. Press d to select [Edit].
e. Select [Add to Address Book]. Press OK.
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, select [Delete] and then press OK. Press c
[Yes] to confirm.
f. Select [Name]. Press OK.
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i. Select [OK] and then press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
2. Press a or b to display the number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to
confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
Related Information
Store Fax Numbers
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
245
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
from Caller ID History
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you have a Caller ID subscriber service from your telephone company, you can store Address Book numbers
from incoming calls in the Caller ID history.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Caller ID History]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want to store. Press OK.
d. Press d to select [Edit].
e. Select [Add to Address Book]. Press OK.
To delete the number from the Caller ID history list, select [Delete] and then press OK. Press c [Yes] to
confirm.
f. Select [Name]. Press OK.
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i. Select [OK] and then press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax] > [Call History] > [Caller ID History].
2. Press a or b to display the name or number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number from the Caller ID history list, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press
.
Related Information
Store Fax Numbers
Caller ID
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
246
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Do one of the following:
To change the number, press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Change]. Press OK.
b. Select the Speed Dial name where you want to change the number. Press OK.
Do the following steps:
a. To change the name, press a or b to select [Name], and then press OK. Press a, b, d or c to re-enter
the name (up to 16 characters) using the keyboard on the LCD and select [OK]. Press OK.
b. To change the fax or telephone number, press a or b to select [Fax/Tel], and then press OK. Press
a, b, d or c to re-enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the keyboard on the LCD
and select [OK]. Press OK.
Press a or b to select [OK] and then press OK.
To delete the number, press a or b to select [Delete]. Press OK.
Do the following steps:
a. Press a or b to select the Speed Dial name where you want to delete the number.
b. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Speed Dial name. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit].
2. Do one of the following:
Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
- To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the
touchscreen. Press [OK].
- To change the first fax or telephone number, press [Address 1]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
- To change the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the character you want to change,
and then press . Enter the new character.
To delete numbers, press a or b to display [Delete], and then press it.
- Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display check marks, and
then press [OK].
247
3. Press .
Related Information
Store Fax Numbers
248
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
A Group, which can be stored in the Address Book, allows you to send the same fax message to many fax
numbers.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up a Speed Dial number. You can store up to six Groups, or you can assign up to 39
numbers to a large Group.
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Setup Groups]. Press OK.
b. Select the two-digit Speed Dial number you want to assign to the Group. Press OK.
c. Select [Name] and press OK.
d. Enter the new Group's name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
e. To add numbers to the Group, repeat the following steps:
i. Select [Add/Delete]. Press OK.
ii. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order]. Press OK.
iii. Press a or b to select a number from the list.
iv. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Speed Dial number. Press OK.
3. Select [OK] and then press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number. You can store up to six Groups, or you can assign up
to 198 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Setup Groups] > [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a checkmark. Press [OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have selected, and then press [OK] to
save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
249
Related Information
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Delete a Broadcasting Group
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Store Address Book Numbers
250
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Change]. Press OK.
b. Select the Group to change. Press OK.
c. Select [Name] and then press OK. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad
and then press OK.
To change a character in the Group name, press a, b, d or c to select or . Press OK several times
to move the cursor under the incorrect character. Then press a, b, d or c to select , and press OK. Re-
enter the correct letter.
3. Select [OK] and then press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press [Name].
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press .
Enter the new character.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press
.
Related Information
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
251
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Delete a
Broadcasting Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Delete]. Press OK.
3. Do the following steps:
a. Press a or b to select the Group you want to delete.
b. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Group name. Press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Delete].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to delete, and then press it.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
252
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Change]. Press OK.
b. Select the Group you want to change. Press OK.
c. Select [Add/Delete]. Press OK.
d. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order]. Press OK.
3. Do one of the following:
To add a member using his Speed Dial number, press a or b to select the Speed Dial number, and then
press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Group name.
To delete a member using his Speed Dial number, press a or b to select the Speed Dial number, and then
press d or c to remove the check box labelled with the Group name.
Repeat this step until you have added or deleted all the fax numbers you want.
4. Press OK.
5. Select [OK] and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press a or b to display [Add/Delete], and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
8. Press
.
Related Information
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
253
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices
Telephone Services and External Devices
Use BT Call Sign
Caller ID
Set the Telephone Line Type
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External and Extension Telephones
254
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign
Use BT Call Sign
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature of the machine lets you use the BT Call Sign subscriber service which allows you to have at least
two separate telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number has its own distinctive ringing
pattern, so you know which telephone number is ringing. This is one way you can have a separate telephone
number for your machine.
Your machine has a BT Call Sign compatible distinctive ringing function, allowing you to dedicate a second
telephone number (on the same telephone line) just for receiving faxes.
This feature is available only in the U.K.
You can switch BT Call Sign Off temporarily, then turn it back on. When you get a new fax number,
make sure you reset this function. This machine will automatically answer incoming calls that use your
new fax number.
When you set the BT Call Sign feature to On, the receive mode is set to [Manual] automatically.
[Manual] mode will not respond to incoming telephone calls, since the number you use for telephone
calls will use the normal ring pattern.
Related Information
Telephone Services and External Devices
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
255
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign > Enable the Machine to Work
with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External
Telephone only)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature is available only in the U.K.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [BT Call Sign]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
When you turn off BT Call Sign, the receive mode stays in [Manual]. You must set the receive mode again.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [BT Call Sign].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
When you turn off BT Call Sign, the receive mode stays in [Manual]. You must set the receive mode again.
Related Information
Use BT Call Sign
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Error and Maintenance Messages
256
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID
Caller ID
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
The Caller ID feature lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local telephone companies.
This service displays the telephone number, or name if it is available, of your caller as the line rings.
The [ID Unknown] message means the call originated outside your Caller ID service area.
The [ID Withheld] message means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of Caller ID
information.
Call your telephone company for more information.
Once you answer a call, the Caller ID information disappears from the LCD and is stored in Caller ID memory.
View the list or select a number and fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it from the history.
You can print a list of the Caller ID information received by your machine.
This feature is not available in some countries.
The Caller ID service varies with different carriers. Contact your local telephone company to learn about
the service available in your area.
Related Information
Telephone Services and External Devices
Set Caller ID to On
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
Print a Report
Error and Maintenance Messages
257
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID > Set Caller ID to On
Set Caller ID to On
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature is available only in the U.K. and Ireland.
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service on your phone line, set Caller ID to On to display the caller's telephone
number on the LCD as the telephone rings.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [Caller ID]. Press OK.
d. Select [On]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Caller ID].
2. Press [On].
3. Press .
Related Information
Caller ID
258
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type
Set the Telephone Line Type
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you are connecting the machine to a line that features PBX or ISDN to send and receive faxes, you must select
a Telephone Line Type that matches your line's features.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Phone Line Set]. Press OK.
c. Select [Normal], [PBX] or [ISDN]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Phone Line Set].
2. Press [Normal], [PBX], or [ISDN].
3. Press .
Related Information
Telephone Services and External Devices
PBX and TRANSFER
Telephone and Fax Problems
259
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type > PBX and
TRANSFER
PBX and TRANSFER
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
The machine's [Phone Line Set] default setting is [Normal], which lets the machine connect to a standard
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) line. However, many offices use a central telephone system or
Private Branch Exchange (PBX). Your machine can be connected to most types of PBX. The machine's recall
feature supports timed break recall only (TBR). TBR will work with most PBX systems allowing you to gain
access to an outside line, or transfer calls to another extension. Press [R] or the Tel/R button to use this feature.
Program a press of the [R] button (or the Tel/R button) as part of a number stored in the Address Book.
When programming the Address Book number, press [R] (or the Tel/R button) first (the LCD displays ‘!’),
then enter the telephone number. This avoids having to press [R] (or the Tel/R button) each time before
you dial from the Address Book. However, your Telephone Line Type must be set to PBX on the machine
for you to use this feature.
Related Information
Set the Telephone Line Type
260
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone
Line Interference)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection instead of a traditional telephone line. Telephone
providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
Your machine may not work with some VoIP systems. If you want to use your machine to send and receive faxes
on a VoIP system, make sure one end of your telephone cord is connected to the socket labelled LINE on your
machine. The other end of the telephone cord may be connected to a modem, phone adapter, splitter, or other
such device.
If you have questions about how to connect your machine to the VoIP system, please contact your VoIP
provider.
After you have connected your machine to the VoIP system, check for a dial tone. Lift the external telephone's
handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is no dial tone, please contact your VoIP provider.
If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes over a VoIP system, we recommend changing the
machine’s modem speed to the [Basic(for VoIP)] setting.
Related Information
Telephone Services and External Devices
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
261
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it
hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice
message and the LCD will show [Telephone].
The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your
machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will
send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your
external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
1
1
1 TAD
(Example for U.K.)
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
Telephone Services and External Devices
Connect an External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Telephone and Fax Problems
262
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Set your external TAD to the minimum number of rings allowed. For more information, contact your telephone
provider. (The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
2. Record the outgoing message on your external TAD.
3. Set the TAD to answer calls.
4. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD].
Related Information
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Receive Modes Overview
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Telephone and Fax Problems
263
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for
fax tones.
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial five second silence because the machine cannot hear
fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving
faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
Related Information
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
264
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line
system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the
machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by
a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to [Manual].
We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX.
Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
265
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones
External and Extension Telephones
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Use Extension Telephones
Use the Remote Codes
266
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
1
2
(Example for U.K.)
Please make sure you use an external telephone with a cable no more than three metres long.
Related Information
External and Extension Telephones
267
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you answer a fax call at an extension or an external telephone, you can make your machine take the call by
using the Remote Activation Code. When you press the Remote Activation Code *51, the machine starts to
receive the fax.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an
extension telephone by pressing the Remote Deactivation Code #51.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD shows [Receiving], and then hang up.
You can also use the Fax Detect feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
External and Extension Telephones
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Set Fax Detect
Set a Remote Access Code
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
268
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use
Extension Telephones
Use Extension Telephones
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your premises may already be wired with parallel extension telephones, or you may plan to add extension
telephones to your line, as well as your machine. While the simplest arrangement is a straightforward parallel
connection, there are some problems with this. The most obvious is inadvertent interruption of a fax transmission
caused by someone picking up an extension telephone to make an outgoing call. Also, the remote activation
code feature may not operate reliably in such a simple configuration.
This machine also may be set to make a delayed transmission (i.e. a transmission at a pre-set time). This pre-set
job may coincide with someone picking up an extension handset.
These problems can easily be eliminated, if you arrange modification of your extension wiring circuit, such that
extension devices are connected “downstream” of your machine in a master/slave configuration (see fig. 2). In
this configuration the machine can always detect whether a telephone is in use. Thus it will not attempt to seize
the line during that time. This is known as “telephone off-hook detection.”
The inadvisable configuration is shown in figure 1, and the recommended master/slave configuration is shown in
figure 2.
This new connection configuration can be arranged by contacting BT, Kingston upon Hull Telecommunications,
your PBX maintainer or a qualified telephone installation company as appropriate. Simply explained, the
extension telephone circuit should be terminated on a normal modular plug (BT 431A style), which in turn should
be put into the modular socket of the white “T”-shaped connector provided as part of the line cord assembly.
Inadvisable connection of extension sockets (Fig. 1.)
FAX
1 2
1
3
1. Extension socket
2. Master socket
3. Incoming line
Recommended connection of extension sockets (Fig. 2.)
FAX
1 1
2
3
1. Extension socket
2. Master socket
3. Incoming line
The fax machine must be plugged into the master socket.
These telephones are now connected as external devices, because they are connected to the fax machine
via the T-connector.
Related Information
External and Extension Telephones
269
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Remote Activation Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension or external telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing
the Remote Activation Code *51. Wait for the chirping sounds then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the
Start button and then selecting the option to receive.
Remote Deactivation Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring)
after the initial Ring Delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by
pressing #51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing [Pickup] or by pressing Tel/R.
Related Information
External and Extension Telephones
Change the Remote Codes
Set a Remote Access Code
Set Fax Detect
270
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
The preset Remote Activation Code is *51. The preset Remote Deactivation Code is #51. If you are always
disconnected when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes using the
numbers 0-9, *, #.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Remote Codes]. Press OK.
d. Select [Remote Codes] again. Press OK.
e. Select [On]. Press OK.
3. Do one of the following:
To change the Remote Activation Code, press a or b to select [Act.Code] and then press OK. Enter the
new code. Press OK.
To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press a or b to select [Deact.Code] and then press OK.
Enter the new code. Press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Remote Codes].
2. Do one of the following:
To change the Remote Activation Code, press [Act.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press [OK].
To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press [Deact.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
To turn the Remote Codes [Off] (or [On]), press [Remote Codes]. Press [Off] (or [On]).
3. Press .
Related Information
Use the Remote Codes
271
Home > Fax > Fax Reports
Fax Reports
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Print Reports
272
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving
party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent,
and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
Option
Description
On
Prints a report after every fax you send.
On (+Image)
Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Error only
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only (+Image)
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off
The report will not be printed.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Report Setting]. Press OK.
c. Select [XMIT Report]. Press OK.
d. Select the option you want. Press OK.
If you select [On (+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the
Transmission Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. The image will not appear on
the report when you send a colour fax.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If
the transmission is not successful, [ERROR] appears next to [RESULT].
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [XMIT Report].
2. Press the option you want.
If you select [On (+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. The image will not appear on the report when
you send a colour fax.
3. Press
.
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If
the transmission is not successful, [ERROR] appears next to [RESULT].
273
Related Information
Fax Reports
274
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7
days).
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
When using the Auto Power Off feature and the machine powers off before the chosen Interval Period, the
machine will print a Fax Journal report, and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Report Setting]. Press OK.
c. Select [Journal Period]. Press OK.
d. Select [Journal Period] once again. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select an interval. Press OK.
6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's
memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine
will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before
it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press a or b to select [Time] and then press OK. Enter the time
of day using the dial pad. Press OK.
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press a or b to select [Day] and then press OK. Press a or b to select
the first day of the seven-day countdown. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Journal Period].
2. Press [Journal Period].
3. Press a or b to select an interval.
6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's
memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine
will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before
it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time of day using the touchscreen.
Press [OK].
275
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day]. Press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every
Tuesday], [Every Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or
[Every Sunday] option, and then press the first day of the seven-day countdown.
6. Press .
Related Information
Fax Reports
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
276
Home > Fax > PC-FAX
PC-FAX
PC-FAX for Windows
®
PC-FAX for Mac
277
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
PC-FAX for Windows
®
PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows
®
)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
278
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
)
PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
)
Reduce paper consumption and save time by using Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your
machine.
Configure PC-FAX (Windows
®
)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
279
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure PC-FAX
(Windows
®
)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalise the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.
2. Do one of the following:
Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft
®
account can have its own customised User Information screen for custom fax headers
and cover pages.
Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book drop-down list.
3. Click OK.
280
Related Information
PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
)
281
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalise your Brother Address Book.
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
282
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using Brother
PC-Fax software.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
283
3. Type the member's information in the corresponding fields. Only the Name field is required.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
284
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
285
3. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field.
4. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add >>.
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box.
5. When finished, click OK.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
286
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows
®
)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to edit.
3. Click
(Properties).
4. Change the member or group information.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
287
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to delete.
3. Click
(Delete).
4. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK.
Related Information
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
288
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv), a vCard (an electronic business card), or Remote
Setup Dial Data and save it on your computer.
You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Export.
3. Select one of the following:
Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field,
and then click Save.
289
Remote Setup Dial Data
Browse to the folder where you want to save the data, type the file name in the File name field, and
then click Save.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add >>.
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
5. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save.
Related Information
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
290
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows
®
) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows
®
) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv), vCards (electronic business cards), or Remote Setup Dial Data into your
Address Book.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Import.
3. Select one of the following:
Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
vCard
Go to step 7.
Remote Setup Dial Data
Go to step 7.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add >>.
291
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import
text file.
5. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open.
Related Information
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows
®
)
292
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows
®
)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour
and the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address.
If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax
number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click to create or edit a
cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.
To cancel the fax, click Cancel.
To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start.
Related Information
PC-FAX for Windows
®
293
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to receive faxes on your computer, screen them and print only those faxes you
want.
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
)
294
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Brother's PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed
when you install the Brother software and drivers and works on locally or network-connected machines.
PC-FAX Receive supports only monochrome faxes. When you receive a colour fax, your machine prints
the colour fax at your machine but does not send the fax to your computer.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your Brother
machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this
application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup
Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before
the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your Brother machine.
Related Information
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows
®
)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows
®
only)
295
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows
®
)
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software
runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Confirm the message and click Yes.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The
(PC-FAX Receive) icon also appears in your computer task
tray.
Related Information
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows
®
)
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows
®
)
296
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows
®
) > Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows
®
)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows
®
.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the SharePoint
®
server and select the option to upload automatically or manually
(available only for Administrators).
Device
Select the Brother machine that you want to receive PC-FAX.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click OK.
297
Related Information
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
298
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows
®
) > Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows
®
)
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already
be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Click Device > Add.
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
Connected Brother machines will be displayed. Select a device from the list. Click OK.
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK.
299
5. To change the computer name that will appear on the machine's LCD, type the new name in the Enter your
PC display name (Max 15 Characters) field.
6. Click OK.
Related Information
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
300
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows
®
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows
®
)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows
®
)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Receiving Status
Icon
Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, click in the right top corner of the window to close it.
301
Even after closing the window, PC-FAX Receive is active and the (PC-FAX Receive) icon will remain
in your computer task tray. To close PC-FAX Receive, click the icon in the computer task tray and click
Close.
Related Information
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows
®
)
302
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Mac
PC-FAX for Mac
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your Mac without printing them. This feature helps
reduce your paper consumption and save time.
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
303
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Mac > Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour and
the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a document in a Mac application.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Send Fax option.
4. Click the Output pop-up menu, and then select the Facsimile option.
5. Type a fax number in the Input Fax Number field, and then click Add.
The fax number is displayed in the Destination Fax Numbers field.
304
To send a fax to more than one number, click the Add button after entering the first fax number and type
the next fax number. The destination fax numbers will be listed in the Destination Fax Numbers field.
6. Click Print to send the fax.
Related Information
PC-FAX for Mac
305
Home > PhotoCapture Center
PhotoCapture Center
Print Photos Directly from Media
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
306
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media
Print Photos Directly from Media
When your machine is not connected to your computer, you can print photos directly from digital camera media
or a USB Flash memory drive, scan documents and save them directly to a memory card or USB flash drive.
When your machine is connected to a computer, you can use your computer to access a memory card or USB
flash drive inserted in the front of the machine.
Compatible Media
Important Information about Photo Printing
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
307
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Compatible Media
Compatible Media
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your Brother machine has media drives (slots) for use with common data storage and digital camera media.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB flash drive
(DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
SD Memory Card
SDHC Memory Card
SDXC Memory Card
MultiMediaCard
MultiMediaCard plus
miniSD (Adapter required)
miniSDHC (Adapter required)
microSD (Adapter required)
microSDHC (Adapter required)
MultiMediaCard mobile (Adapter required)
Related Information
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
Print Photos Directly from Media
308
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Important Information about Photo
Printing
Important Information about Photo Printing
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
USB flash drive support is available only for certain models (DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW).
Your machine is designed to be compatible with modern digital camera image files, memory cards and USB flash
drives. Read the points below to avoid errors:
The image file extension must be .JPG (other image file extensions like .JPEG, .TIF, .GIF and so on will not
be recognised).
Direct photo printing must be performed separately from photo printing operations using the computer.
(Simultaneous operation is not available.)
The machine can read up to 999 files
1
on a memory card or USB flash drive.
Be aware of the following:
When printing an index or image, the machine will print all the valid images, even if one or more images have
been corrupted. Corrupted images will not be printed.
(Memory card users)
Your machine is designed to read memory cards that have been formatted by a digital camera.
When a digital camera formats a memory card, it creates a special folder into which it copies image data. If
you must use your computer to modify the image data stored on a memory card, we recommend that you do
not modify the folder structure created by the digital camera. When saving new or modified image files to the
memory card, we also recommend you use the same folder your digital camera uses. If the data is not saved
to the same folder, the machine may not be able to read the file or print the image.
(USB flash drive users)
Your machine supports USB flash drives that have been formatted by Windows
®
.
Related Information
Print Photos Directly from Media
1 The folder inside memory cards or USB flash drives is also counted.
309
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Preview and Print Photos from Media
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
Print Photos by Image Number
Print ID Photos
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Print Borderless Photos from Media
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print Settings for Photos
310
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Preview and Print Photos from Media
Preview and Print Photos from Media
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Preview your photos on the LCD before you print them.
USB flash drive support is available only for certain models (DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW).
If your photos are large files, there may be a delay before each photo is displayed.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the media in the slot.
3. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print]. Press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Select Files]. Press OK.
To print all photos, press a or b to select [Print All], and then press OK.
5. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
6. Press + or - on the control panel repeatedly to enter the number of copies you want.
7. Repeat the last two steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
Press Clear/Back to go back to the previous level.
8. Press OK.
9. To change the print settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK. Press
a or b to select the option you want, and then press OK.
10. Press Colour Start.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
311
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [Select Files].
4. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print, and then press it.
To print all photos, press [Print All], and then press [Yes] to confirm.
5. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK].
7. Repeat the last three steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
8. Press [OK].
9. Read and confirm the displayed list of options.
10. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
11. Press [Start].
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Print Settings for Photos
312
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Print a photo Index Sheet to see small preview versions of all pictures on your memory card or USB flash drive.
USB flash drive support is available only for certain models (DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW).
The machine assigns numbers for images (such as No.1, No.2, No.3, and so on).
The machine does not recognise any other numbers or file names that your digital camera or computer
has used to identify the pictures.
Only file names that are 20 characters or less will be printed correctly on the index sheet.
File names cannot be printed correctly if they contain non-alphanumeric characters, but non-
alphanumeric characters do not affect photo print settings.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the media in the slot.
3. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print]. Press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Index Print]. Press OK.
b. Select [Print Index Sheet]. Press OK.
5. To change the print settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK. Press
a or b to select the option you want, and then press OK.
Option Description
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
6. Press Colour Start.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [Index Print] > [Print Index Sheet].
4. If you want to change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
Option Description
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
5. Press [Start].
313
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Print Photos by Image Number
314
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print Photos by Image Number
Print Photos by Image Number
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Before you can print an individual image, you must print the photo Index Sheet (thumbnails) to know the image
number.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the media in the slot.
3. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print]. Press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Index Print]. Press OK.
b. Select [Print Photos]. Press OK.
5. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the keyboard displayed on the LCD. After you have selected
the image numbers, press a, b, d or c to select [OK], and then press OK.
Enter multiple numbers at one time using a comma or a hyphen. For example, enter 1, 3, 6 to print
images No.1, No.3 and No.6. Print a range of images using a hyphen. For example, enter 1-5 to print
images No.1 to No.5.
Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
6. Press + or - on the control panel repeatedly to enter the number of copies you want.
7. To change the print settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK. Press
a or b to select the option you want, and then press OK.
8. Press Colour Start.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [Index Print] > [Print Photos].
4. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the touchscreen. After you have selected the image
numbers, press [OK].
Enter multiple numbers at one time using a comma or a hyphen. For example, enter 1, 3, 6 to print
images No.1, No.3 and No.6. Print a range of images using a hyphen. For example, enter 1-5 to print
images No.1 to No.5.
Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
6. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
7. Press [Start].
315
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
Print Settings for Photos
316
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print ID Photos
Print ID Photos
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Select a photo stored in a memory card or USB flash drive and print ID photos for your resume, passport and so
on. You can print four ID photos on one sheet of paper, and crop large images to preset sizes.
Only one photo will be printed when you select the [2x2inch] or [50x70mm] option in the ID Photo Size
setting, and the [10x15cm] option in the Paper Size setting.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [ID Photo Print].
4. Press d or c to display the photo you want, and then press it.
5. Press a or b to adjust the size of the crop you want, and then press it.
The machine crops the photo to the selected size. To crop to a different size, repeat these steps.
6. Confirm the displayed image. Rotate the image if needed by pressing .
7. Press [OK].
8. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
Option Description
Print Quality
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
9. Press [Start].
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
317
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If your photo is too long or too wide to fit the space in your layout, part of the image will be cropped.
The factory setting is On. To print the whole image, change this setting to Off.
If you set the [Cropping] setting to Off, set the [Borderless] setting to Off, also.
Cropping: On
Cropping: Off
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the media in the slot.
3. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print]. Press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Select Files]. Press OK.
5. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
6. Press + or - on the control panel repeatedly to enter the number of copies you want.
7. Press OK.
8. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Cropping]. Press OK.
b. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
9. Press Colour Start.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [Select Files].
4. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Print Settings] > [Cropping].
7. Press [On] (or [Off]).
8. When finished, press
or [OK].
9. Press [Start].
318
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Other Problems
319
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print Borderless Photos from Media
Print Borderless Photos from Media
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature expands the printable area to the edges of the paper. Printing time will be slower.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the media in the slot.
3. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print]. Press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Select Files]. Press OK.
5. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
6. Press + or - on the control panel repeatedly to enter the number of copies you want.
7. Press OK.
8. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Borderless]. Press OK.
b. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
9. Press Colour Start.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [Select Files].
4. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Print Settings] > [Borderless].
7. Press [On] (or [Off]).
8. When finished, press
or [OK].
9. Press [Start].
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Other Problems
320
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Print the date if it is already in your photo’s information. The date will be printed on the lower-right corner. To use
this setting, the photo must include the date.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the media in the slot.
3. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print]. Press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Select Files]. Press OK.
5. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
6. Press + or - on the control panel repeatedly to enter the number of copies you want.
7. Press OK.
8. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Date Print]. Press OK.
b. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
9. Press Colour Start.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press [Photo] > [Select Files].
4. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Print Settings] > [Date Print].
7. Press [On] (or [Off]).
8. When finished, press
or [OK].
9. Press [Start].
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
321
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine > Print Settings for Photos
Print Settings for Photos
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
Option Description
Print Quality
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the Inkjet Paper option in the Paper Type
setting, you can select only Fine.
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
Print Layout
Select the print layout.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more
vivid.
Cropping
Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent
unwanted cropping.
Borderless
Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Date Print
Print the date on your photo.
Set New Default
Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the
defaults.
Factory Reset
Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Press the [Print Settings] option to display the settings shown in the table.
Option
Description
Print Quality
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the Inkjet Paper option in the Paper Type
setting, you can select only Fine.
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
Print Layout
Select the print layout.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more
vivid.
Cropping
Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent
unwanted cropping.
Borderless
Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Date Print
Print the date on your photo.
322
Option Description
Set New Default
Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the
defaults.
Factory Reset
Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
Related Information
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
Preview and Print Photos from Media
Print Photos by Image Number
323
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
If you would like to copy photos stored in a memory card or USB flash drive to a folder on your computer, follow
the steps for your connection type and Operating System.
Before Copying Photos
Copy Photos from Media Over a Local Connection
324
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Copy Photos from Media to a Computer > Before Copying Photos
Before Copying Photos
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
IMPORTANT
DO NOT start your computer with a memory card or USB flash drive in the media drive of the machine. You
could lose your data or damage the media.
The machine will read only the media that was put in first.
While the machine is printing photos from the media, your computer cannot access the photo printing
for any other operation.
Related Information
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
325
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Copy Photos from Media to a Computer > Copy Photos from Media Over a
Local Connection
Copy Photos from Media Over a Local Connection
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can copy photos from media to your computer when it is locally connected (via USB) to your machine.
1. Open the machine's media slot cover.
2. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
3. Do one of the following:
( Windows
®
)
In Windows
®
Explorer, double-click the Removable Disk icon.
(Mac)
Double-click the removable disk icon.
If you create a name for the volume label of the media, this name appears.
The files and folders on the media appear on your computer screen.
4. You can edit a file and save it to another drive on your computer.
5. Quit all applications that are running stored data on the media.
6. Do one of the following:
( Windows
®
)
In Windows
®
Explorer, right-click the removable disk icon and select Eject.
(Mac)
Drag the removable disk icon into the Trash icon.
7. Wait until your Brother machine has stopped accessing the media before removing the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the media while your Brother machine is accessing the media. Otherwise, the media, or
data stored on the media could be damaged.
If you remove the media while your Brother machine is accessing the media, you must restart your
computer before inserting the same media into the machine. If you do not restart your computer, the data
on your media could be destroyed.
Related Information
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
326
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
You can print and edit photos using various ControlCenter features.
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
We recommend using the photo paper tray located on the top of the output tray cover to print on
Photo (10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (9 x 13 cm) paper. (Available only for certain models)
For best results, use Brother paper.
When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper
tray.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Do one of the following:
If you are using Advanced Mode, click the Photo tab, and then click the Photo Print button.
If you are using Home Mode, click the Photo tab.
4. Select the folder that contains the image you want to print.
Option Description
My CC4 Folder The My CC4 Folder button lets you open the ControlCenter4 folder located in
the My Pictures folder on your computer.
Desktop The Desktop button lets you open the folder tree from your desktop to select
images you want to print.
5. Select images you want to print, by selecting the check box under the thumbnail in the image viewer.
327
Option Description
Select All Selects all thumbnails in the current view.
Deselect All Deselects all thumbnails in the current view.
6. Specify the number of copies you want to print (1-99) by clicking .
7. To trim the photo before printing, click Edit.
8. Click Print.
The print settings window appears.
9. Configure the settings for the Paper Size, Media Type, and Layout options.
10. Click the Properties button to configure the Print Quality, Colour / Greyscale and Colour Mode options, if
needed. To print the image's timestamp in the lower-right corner of the image, select the Print Date check
box.
11. To change other printer settings, click the Print Options... button. (For Advanced Mode only)
12. Click OK.
13. Click the Preview button to view the image on screen before printing.
14. Click the Start Printing button.
Related Information
PhotoCapture Center
Edit Photos Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
328
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) > Edit Photos Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Edit Photos Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
3
4
5
1. This area shows which images are currently selected, and how many copies of each image will be printed.
2. These buttons allow you to control how you view the selected image.
Buttons
Description
(Compare) Compare the edited image with the original.
(Undo) Cancel the last edit applied to the selected image.
(Restart) Cancel all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited
image reverts to its original state.
(Fit to Window) Set the zoom level so that the image fits the window.
(Zoom In/Zoom Out) Enlarge or reduce the selected image.
(Rotate Counterclockwise/Rotate
Clockwise)
Rotate the image by 90 degrees, clockwise or counter-
clockwise.
(Previous/Next) Display the previous or next image.
3. Trimming
This feature allows you to remove unwanted areas from your photos.
4. Image Correction
Auto Correction
Select this option to apply a range of automatic corrections that can enhance an image.
Red-Eye Removal
Select this option to correct red eye in photo images, which is sometimes caused by a camera's flash.
Monochrome
Select this option to remove colour information from the image.
Sepia
Select this option to remove colour information from the image and add a sepia tone.
329
5. Image Enhancement
Nature Scene
Select this option to enhance natural colours, such as green and blue.
Night Scene
Select this option to optimise the image adjustments for a night scene photo.
Soft Light
Select this option to soften bright edges.
Related Information
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
330
Home > Network
Network
Supported Basic Network Features
Network Management Software and Utilities
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Advanced Network Features
Technical Information for Advanced Users
331
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which
network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems
Windows
®
7
Windows
®
8
Windows
®
10
Windows Server
®
2008/2012/2012 R2/2016
macOS
Printing Yes Yes Yes
Scanning Yes Yes
PC Fax Send (Available only
for certain models)
1
Yes Yes
PC Fax Receive (Available
only for certain models)
1
Yes
BRAdmin Light
2
Yes Yes
BRAdmin Professional
3
Yes Yes
Remote Setup (Available only
for certain models)
1
Yes
Status Monitor Yes Yes
Driver Deployment Wizard Yes Yes
Related Information
Network
1
Not available for DCP models.
2
BRAdmin Light is available as a download from your model's page at support.brother.com.
3
BRAdmin Professional is available as a download from your model's page at
support.brother.com.
332
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities
Network Management Software and Utilities
Configure and change your Brother machine's network settings using a management utility.
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
333
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities > Learn about Network Management
Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
BRAdmin Light (Windows
®
)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for
Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download
BRAdmin Light.
If using Windows
®
Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application,
temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
BRAdmin Professional (Windows
®
)
BRAdmin Professional is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This
utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read
Windows
®
Explorer-style screen that changes colour to identify the status of each device. You can configure
network and device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows
®
computer on your LAN. BRAdmin
Professional can also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional utility.
Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional window. The default node
name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
If using Windows
®
Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application,
temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
Remote Setup (Windows
®
and Mac) (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
Remote Setup is a program for configuring many machine and network settings from either a Windows
®
or a
Mac application. When you start this application, the settings on your machine are automatically downloaded to
your computer and displayed on your computer screen. If you change the settings, you can upload them directly
to the machine.
Windows
®
This utility can be used with either a USB or a network connection.
Mac
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
download the Remote Setup.
This utility can be used with a USB connection.
Related Information
Network Management Software and Utilities
334
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Brother installation disc.
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
335
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to
the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between
the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your
documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and
applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics,
you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB
for the fastest throughput speed.
Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only),
only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct
connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used
at the same time.
If you do not know the security information (for example, Network Name (SSID) and Network Key), consult
the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
336
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from your
machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN]. Press OK.
c. Select [WPS]. Press OK.
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
4. When the LCD instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then
press c on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the touchscreen instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/
router. Then press [OK] on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless
network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
337
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
338
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method
of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. By submitting a PIN
created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up
the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the
instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar.
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar.
1
2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN]. Press OK.
c. Select [WPS w/PIN Code]. Press OK.
339
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
4. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
5. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
6. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, or Windows
®
10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
7. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows
®
10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
To use a Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, or Windows
®
10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to
your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN
access point/router.
If you use Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, or Windows
®
10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the Full Driver &
Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your
computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
8. Select your machine and click Next.
9. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
10. (Windows
®
7) Select your network, and then click Next.
11. Click Close.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
340
If you are using a Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, or Windows
®
10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows
®
10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
To use a Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, or Windows
®
10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to
your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN
access point/router.
If you use Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, or Windows
®
10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the Full Driver &
Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your
computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. (Windows
®
7) Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
341
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not
Broadcast
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN]. Press OK.
c. Select [Setup Wizard], and then press OK.
4. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK.
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
7. Select [Infrastructure], and then press OK.
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press OK.
9. Do one of the following:
342
If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [None] or [WEP],
and then press OK.
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES], and then press OK.
Enter the WPA key, and then press OK.
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press it.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
343
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
7. Press [Infrastructure].
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press it.
9. Do one of the following:
If you selected the [Open System] option, press either [None] or [WEP].
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press either [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA key, and then press [OK].
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
344
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
345
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. It allows you to
configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an Android
device, Windows
®
device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports
wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS). You can
also configure a wireless network by manually setting a SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi Direct
feature supports WPA2
security with AES encryption.
1 2
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired (supported models only) and wireless
network, only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection
and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at
the same time.
The Wi-Fi Direct supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Group Owner (G/O) serves as an access point.
Related Information
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
346
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
347
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network
environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment.
Check your mobile device for configuration.
1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 2
No Go to Step 3
2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 4
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured by one-push configuration using Wi-
Fi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be
running Android
4.0 or greater.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
348
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.] will appear on the LCD. Press c to connect.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. Select [Push Button]. Press OK.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.] appears. Press c on your Brother
machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the G/O (Group Owner), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect and press OK. Search for
available devices again by selecting [Rescan].
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears. Press [OK] on your
Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search
for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
349
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
350
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-
Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC; Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.] will appear on the LCD. Press c to connect.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. Select [Group Owner]. Press OK.
d. Select [On]. Press OK.
e. Select [Push Button]. Press OK.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.] appears. Press c on your Brother
machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC; Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner] >
[On].
2. Press [Push Button].
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions). When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on
the machine's LCD, press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
351
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
352
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.] will appear on the LCD. Press c to connect.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. Select [PIN Code]. Press OK.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.] appears. Press c on your Brother
machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the G/O (Group Owner), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in
the machine. Press OK. Follow the instructions, and then go to the next step. If the PIN is displayed on
your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
When your Brother machine is not the G/O (Group Owner), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect and
press OK. Search for available devices again by selecting [Rescan].
When [Select PIN Method] appears, do one of the following:
- Press c to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile device. Follow the
instructions, and then go to the next step.
- Press d to enter a PIN shown on your mobile device in the machine, and then press OK. Follow the
instructions, and then go to the next step.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears. Press [OK] on your
Brother machine.
353
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the
machine. Press [OK]. Follow the instructions.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search
for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
Do one of the following:
- Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile
device. Follow the instructions.
- Press [Input PIN Code] to enter a PIN shown on your mobile device in the machine, and then
press [OK]. Follow the instructions.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press on your Brother machine. Go back to step 1
and try again.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
354
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
(WPS)
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.] will appear on the LCD. Press c to connect.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. Select [Group Owner]. Press OK.
d. Select [On]. Press OK.
e. Select [PIN Code]. Press OK.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.] appears. Press c on your Brother
machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. If the LCD prompts you to enter a
PIN, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press OK.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner] >
[On] > [PIN Code].
2. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] is displayed, activate
your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions),
and then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter
the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press [OK].
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
355
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
356
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. Select [Manual]. Press OK.
3. The machine will display the SSID name and Password for three minutes. Go to your mobile device's
wireless network settings screen and enter the SSID name and password.
4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen and enter the SSID name and password.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
357
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features
Advanced Network Features
Print the Network Configuration Report
358
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
If the [IP Address] on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try
printing it again.
You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
- IP address: 192.168.0.5
- Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
- Node name: BRN000ca0000499
- MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK.
b. Select [Network Config]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration] >
[Yes].
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
Related Information
Advanced Network Features
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows
®
)
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Error and Maintenance Messages
359
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users
Technical Information for Advanced Users
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
Print the WLAN Report
360
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Reset the Network Settings to Factory
Default
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all
information, such as the password and IP address.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before
you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not
lose any important messages.
This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory
settings.
You can also reset the print server to its factory default settings using BRAdmin Light or BRAdmin
Professional.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Network Reset]. Press OK.
3. Press c for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset].
2. The message confirming reset will be displayed. Press [OK] for two seconds.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
Technical Information for Advanced Users
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
361
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report reflects your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code
on the printed report.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK.
4. Press c.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report] > [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
Technical Information for Advanced Users
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
362
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN
Report Error Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see
the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code
Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-01 The wireless setting is not activated. Change the wireless setting to ON.
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of
your machine to ON.
TS-02 The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
1. Check the following two points:
Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug
it back in.
If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC
address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/
encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect.
Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as
necessary.
This device does not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/
ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
TS-04
The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are
not supported by your machine.
Change the authentication and encryption methods of the wireless access point/router. Your
machine supports the following authentication methods:
WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES
WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES
Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
Shared key
WEP
If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect.
Confirm the wireless network settings.
TS-05
The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the SSID and Network Key.
TS-06 The wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network Key) is
incorrect.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
TS-07 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access
point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try
starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the
documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your
WLAN access point/router, or ask your network administrator.
363
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-08 Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active
and try again.
Try again after a few minutes to avoid interference from other access points.
How to confirm wireless security information (SSID/authentication method/encryption method/Network Key)
of your WLAN access point/router:
1. The Default security settings may be provided on a label attached to the WLAN access point/router. Or
the manufacturer's name or model number of the WLAN access point/router may be used as the default
security settings.
2. See the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router for information on how to find the
security settings.
If the WLAN access point/router is set to not broadcast the SSID, the SSID will not automatically be
detected. You will have to manually enter the SSID name.
The Network key may also be described as the Password, Security Key or Encryption Key.
If you do not know the SSID and wireless security settings of your WLAN access point/router or how to
change the configuration, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the
manufacturer of your access point/router or ask your Internet provider or network administrator.
Related Information
Print the WLAN Report
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
364
Home > Security
Security
Lock the Machine Settings
365
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings
Lock the Machine Settings
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password,
you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother customer service.
About Using Memory Security
About Using TX Lock
366
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using Memory Security
About Using Memory Security
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Memory Security lets you prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
Although you cannot schedule Delayed Faxes, any pre-scheduled Delayed Faxes will be sent.
You must turn off PC Fax Receive before you can turn on Memory Security.
While Memory Security is On, the following operations are available:
Receiving faxes into memory (limited by memory capacity)
Fax Forwarding (if Fax Forwarding was already On)
Remote Retrieval (if Fax Storage was already On and your Remote Access Code was already set)
While Memory Security is On, the following operations are NOT available:
Operation from the control panel
Printing received faxes
PC printing
PC scanning
PC Fax Receive
Printing with NFC
Scanning with NFC
To print the faxes in memory, you must turn off Memory Security.
Related Information
Lock the Machine Settings
Set the Memory Security Password
Change the Memory Security Password
Turn Memory Security On/Off
367
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using Memory Security > Set the Memory Security
Password
Set the Memory Security Password
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Make a careful note of your password.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Memory Security].
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
3. When the touchscreen displays [Verify], re-enter the password using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
About Using Memory Security
368
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using Memory Security > Change the Memory
Security Password
Change the Memory Security Password
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Memory Security] >
[Set Password].
2. Enter the registered four-digit number for the current password using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
3. Enter a four-digit number for a new password using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
4. When the touchscreen displays [Verify], re-enter the new password using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. Press
.
Related Information
About Using Memory Security
369
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using Memory Security > Turn Memory Security
On/Off
Turn Memory Security On/Off
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Memory Security] >
[Set Security].
2. Enter the registered four-digit password using the keyboard on the touchscreen. Press [OK].
The machine goes offline and the touchscreen displays [Memory Security].
Turning off Memory Security:
a. Press [Unlock].
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press [OK].
If you enter the wrong password, the touchscreen displays [Wrong Password] and stays offline. The
machine will stay in Secure Mode until the correct password is entered.
Related Information
About Using Memory Security
370
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using TX Lock
About Using TX Lock
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Block unauthorised data transmission to and from the machine.
TX Lock lets you prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are available:
Receiving faxes
PC-Fax Receive (If PC-Fax Receive was already On)
While the TX Lock feature is turned on, your machine will receive faxes and store them in its memory. Then,
when TX Lock is turned off, the faxes will be sent to your chosen PC.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are NOT available:
Operation from the control panel
PC printing
PC scanning
Related Information
Lock the Machine Settings
Set the TX Lock Password
Change the TX Lock Password
Turn TX Lock On/Off
371
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using TX Lock > Set the TX Lock Password
Set the TX Lock Password
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [TX Lock]. Press OK.
3. Enter a four-digit number for the password. Press OK.
4. Re-enter the password. Press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
About Using TX Lock
372
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using TX Lock > Change the TX Lock Password
Change the TX Lock Password
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [TX Lock]. Press OK.
d. Select [Set Password]. Press OK.
3. Enter the four-digit number of the current password. Press OK.
4. Enter a four-digit number for the new password. Press OK.
5. Re-enter the new password. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
About Using TX Lock
373
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > About Using TX Lock > Turn TX Lock On/Off
Turn TX Lock On/Off
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [TX Lock]. Press OK.
d. Select [Set TX Lock]. Press OK.
3. Enter the registered four-digit password. Press OK.
The machine goes offline and the LCD displays [TX Lock Mode].
Turning off TX Lock:
a. Press Settings.
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press OK.
If you enter the wrong password, the LCD displays [Wrong Password] and stays offline. The
machine will stay in TX Lock Mode until the correct password is entered.
Related Information
About Using TX Lock
374
Home > Mobile/Web Connect
Mobile/Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
Google Cloud Print
AirPrint
Mobile Printing for Windows
®
Mopria
®
Print Service
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
375
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect Overview
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web
Connect
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
376
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the website. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download from and print images
that are already uploaded to these services.
3
4
1
2
1. Printing
2. Scanning
3. Photos, images, documents and other files
4. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you
are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet
connection, and the Internet.
Press (Web) or (Apps) on the touchscreen, or press (WEB) to use Brother Web Connect.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
377
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Use Brother Web Connect to access online services from your Brother machine. Some of these web services
offer business versions.
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not
already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother Creative Center. (Brother CreativeCenter is available only
for some models.)
Google Drive
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronisation service.
URL:
drive.google.com
Evernote
®
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronisation service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive
An online file storage, sharing and management service.
URL:
https://onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote
®
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL:
www.onenote.com
Brother Creative Center
A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on
your Brother machine. (available only for certain countries and models)
www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Accessible Services
Google Drive
Evernote
®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote
®
Brother Creative Center
Download and print images
or save them to media
(DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
JPEG
PDF
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
JPEG
PDF
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
(Print only)
378
Accessible Services
Google Drive
Evernote
®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote
®
Brother Creative Center
PPTX PPTX
Upload scanned images
JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
-
Upload images saved on
media
(DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
JPEG - -
FaxForward to the online
services
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
JPEG
PDF
TIFF
JPEG
PDF
TIFF
-
Not all services are available in all countries.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will
not be downloaded.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
379
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
380
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the
Brother machine's software installed.
Windows
®
To install the Brother Software and configure the machine to be able to print over your wired or wireless network,
see the Quick Setup Guide included with your Brother machine.
Mac
To install the Full Driver & Software Package, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions
Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
381
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
Proxy server address
Port number
User Name
Password
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Web Connect Settings]. Press OK.
c. Select [Proxy Settings]. Press OK.
d. Select [Proxy Connection]. Press OK.
e. Select [On]. Press OK.
f. Select the option that you want to set. Press OK.
g. Enter the proxy server information. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy
Settings] > [Proxy Connection].
2. Press [On].
3. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information.
Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
382
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
383
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter,
this procedure is not necessary):
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there
is no need to create an additional account.)
3 2
1
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
3 2
1
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to
use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it
to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
2
1
1. Enter temporary ID
2. Web Service
Your Brother machine can now use the service.
384
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
385
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If
you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect
access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services
as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
386
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access
using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities, and then click the drop-
down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left
navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.
Windows
®
8
Windows
®
10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Windows
®
8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are
using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the
Apps screen).
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Mac Click Go in the Finder bar, Applications > Brother > Utilities > Brother Web Connect.
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
2. Select the service you want to use.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
387
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID
is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use
your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
388
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's control
panel.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press WEB.
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press c.
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the service with which you want to register. Press OK.
b. Select [Register/Delete]. Press OK.
c. Select [Register Account]. Press OK.
3. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access. Press c.
4. Enter the temporary ID using the dial pad. Press OK.
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD. Press c.
6. Enter the name, and then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
To set a PIN for the account, press c. (A PIN prevents unauthorised access to the account.) Enter a four-
digit number, and then press OK.
If you do not want to set a PIN, press d.
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
8. Press c to register your information as entered.
9. Press c.
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
10. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
389
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service with which you want to register.
Press the service name.
3. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
4. Press [Register/Delete] > [Register Account].
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
Press [OK].
6. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD, and then press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again and receive a new temporary ID.
7. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
Press [OK].
8. Enter the name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
9. Do one of the following:
To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorised access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number, and then press [OK].
If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
10. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
11. Press [OK].
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
12. Press .
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
390
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother
Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to
create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter.
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
391
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
When scanning and uploading JPEG files, monochrome scanning is not available.
When scanning and uploading searchable PDF or Microsoft
®
Office files, monochrome and grey scanning is
not available.
When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press WEB.
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press c.
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload. Press OK.
b. Select your account name. Press OK.
4. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Upload: Scanner], and then press OK.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
You can also press [Scan] > [to Web].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press a or b to display [Upload: Scanner].
Press [Upload: Scanner].
392
If you pressed [Scan] > [to Web], this option does not appear.
This option may not appear depending on the service.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
393
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Upload a Document from an External Memory
Device Using Brother Web Connect
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother
Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Documents saved on media (such as a memory card or a USB flash drive) connected to the machine can be
uploaded directly to a web service.
Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
USB flash drive is available only for some models.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the memory card or USB flash drive while your Brother machine is accessing the media.
Otherwise, the card, USB flash drive, or data stored on the card could be damaged.
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be uploaded.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
5. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
6. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
7. Press a or b to display [Upload: Media].
Press [Upload: Media].
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
394
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your
machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest
users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view
documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
395
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see Related Information.
1. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and print.
Press the service name.
3. Do one of the following:
To log on to the service, press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry
screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
To access the service as a guest user, press a or b to display [Use as a GuestUser], and then press
it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Download: Print].
Press [Download: Print].
If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose
documents you want to download.
5. Press a or b to display the desired album, and then press it.
An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote
®
, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [See Unsorted Files] or [See UnsortedPhotos] to select documents. You cannot
download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
6. Press the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and press [OK].
Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
396
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
Press [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
3. Press a or b to display the desired category, and then press it.
4. Select the desired file. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step
until you have selected all the files that you want to print.
5. When finished, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the
information and press [OK].
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Using Web Services
397
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Save a Document to an External
Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using
Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
JPEG, PDF and Microsoft
®
Office files can be downloaded from a service and saved directly on media
connected to the machine. Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also
be downloaded to your machine as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services
allow guest users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user,
you can view documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
Make sure there is enough available space on your memory card or USB flash drive.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
USB flash drive is available only for some models.
Downloaded files are renamed based on the current date. For example, the first image saved on July 1,
would be named 07010001.jpg. Note that the region setting also determines the date format of the file name.
Images are saved in the “BROTHER” folder, which can be found on the root level of the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the memory card or USB flash drive while your Brother machine is accessing the media.
Otherwise, the card, USB flash drive, or data stored on the card could be damaged.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download.
Press the service name.
5. Do one of the following:
To log on to the service, press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry
screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
To access the service as a guest user, press a or b to display [Use as a GuestUser], and then press
it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press [OK].
6. Press a or b to display [Download: Media].
Press [Download: Media].
If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose
documents you want to download.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
398
An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote
®
, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [See Unsorted Files] or [See UnsortedPhotos] to select documents. You cannot
download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
399
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the FaxForward to Cloud feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to your accounts with the
available online services.
1
1. Web Service
Use the FaxForward to E-mail feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to an inbox as email
attachments.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
400
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn On
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn on the FaxForward feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to either an online service or an inbox
as email attachments.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
If you turn on FaxForward, you cannot use the following features:
- [Fax Forward]
- [Fax Storage]
- [PC Fax Receive]
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [On].
4. Press [Forward to Cloud] or [Forward to E-mail].
If you selected [Forward to Cloud], choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and
then specify your account name.
If you selected [Forward to E-mail], select the email address you want to receive the faxes as email
attachments.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Memory Receive Options
401
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn Off
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn off FaxForward when you want to stop incoming faxes from automatically going to either an online service
or an inbox as email attachments.
If there are received faxes still in your machine's memory, you cannot turn off FaxForward.
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Off].
4. Press [OK].
Related Information
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
402
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print Overview
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Print from Google Chrome
or Chrome OS
Print from Google Drive
for Mobile
Print from Gmail
Webmail Service for Mobile
403
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print
is a Google service that allows you to print to a printer registered to your Google account
using a network-compatible device (such as a mobile phone or computer) without installing the printer driver on
the device.
Printing from Android
apps requires installing the Google Cloud Print
app from the Google Play
Store.
1
2
3 4
1. Print request
2. Internet
3. Google Cloud Print
4. Printing
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
404
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
405
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Network Settings
for Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
In order to use Google Cloud Print
, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to
the Internet, either through a wired or wireless connection. To connect and configure your machine correctly, see
the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this guide.
Related Information
Before Using Google Cloud Print
406
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
The steps in this section are examples for Windows
®
users.
Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and environment.
1. Open Google Chrome
on your computer.
2. Sign in to your Google Account.
3. Click the Google Chrome
menu icon, and then Settings > Show advanced settings….
4. In the Google Cloud Print section, click Manage.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the [OK] button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
7. When your Brother machine is successfully registered, it will appear in the My devices field.
Related Information
Before Using Google Cloud Print
407
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based
Management
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
Before you begin to register your machine, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's
control panel. See Related Information.
1. Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer or mobile device.
2. Start your web browser.
3. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
You can see your machine’s IP address in the Network menu on the control panel of your machine.
If you have set a login password for Web Based Management, type your password in the Login box,
then click
.
4. Click Google Cloud Print.
5. Make sure that Status is set to Enabled. Click Register.
6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine's LCD, press [OK].
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
7. Click Google.
8. The sign-in screen for Google Cloud Print
appears. Sign in with your Google Account and follow the on-
screen instructions to register your machine.
9. When you have finished registering your machine, return to the Web Based Management screen and make
sure that Registration Status is set to Registered.
408
Related Information
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Set the Date and Time
409
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google Chrome
or Chrome OS
Print from Google Chrome
or Chrome OS
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Open the web page that you want to print.
3. Click the Google Chrome
menu icon.
4. Click Print.
5. Select your machine from the printer list.
6. Change print options, if needed.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
410
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google Drive
for Mobile
Print from Google Drive
for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access Google Drive
from your Android
or or iOS device’s web browser.
3. Open the document that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap
or Print.
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
411
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Gmail
Webmail Service for Mobile
Print from Gmail
Webmail Service for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access the Gmail
webmail service from your Android
or iOS device’s web browser.
3. Open the email that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
If Print appears beside the attachment name, you can also print the attachment. Tap Print, and then follow
the instructions on your mobile device.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap
or Print.
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
412
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint
AirPrint
AirPrint Overview
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
413
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you to
wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your iPad, iPhone,
iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without printing
them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer. (MFC models)
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Related Information
AirPrint
414
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner…. The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
AirPrint
415
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
416
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap
or .
4. Tap Print.
5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
9. Tap Print.
Related Information
Print Using AirPrint
417
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing,
make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
6. Click Print.
Related Information
Print Using AirPrint
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
418
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your Brother machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
3. Click Printers & Scanners.
4. Select your Brother machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner… button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of
your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when
scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click Scan.
Related Information
AirPrint
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
419
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the
example below.
AirPrint supports only monochrome fax documents.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother MFC-XXXX - Fax (where XXXX is your model
name).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click Fax.
Related Information
AirPrint
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
420
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows
®
Mobile Printing for Windows
®
Mobile printing for Windows
®
is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows
®
mobile device. You can
connect to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer
driver on the device. Many Windows
®
apps support this function.
2
1
3
1
1. Windows
®
mobile device (Windows
®
10 Mobile or later)
2. Wi-Fi
®
connection
3. Your Brother machine
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
421
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service is a print feature on Android
mobile devices (Android
version 4.4 or later) developed by the Mopria
®
Alliance. With this service, you can
connect to the same network as your machine and print without additional setup.
Many native Android
apps support printing.
1
2
3
1. Android
4.4 or later
2. Wi-Fi
®
Connection
3. Your Brother Machine
You must download the Mopria
®
Print Service from the Google Play
Store and install it on your Android
device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
422
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices.
For Android
Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android
device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play
Store app.
For Apple Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Apple device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
For Windows
®
Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Windows
®
device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Microsoft
®
Store.
For more detailed information, visit
support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac
423
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange and wireless connections
between two devices that are close to each other.
If your Android
device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email
messages) from the device or scan photos and documents to the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the
machine's control panel.
You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan to your Android
device to use this feature.
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
Control Panel Overview
424
Home > ControlCenter
ControlCenter
Use Brother's ControlCenter software utility to quickly access your frequently-used applications. Using
ControlCenter gives you direct access to specific applications.
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
425
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
426
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) > Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4
(Windows
®
)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
ControlCenter4 has two operation modes: Home Mode and Advanced Mode. You can change modes at any
time.
Home Mode
Advanced Mode
Home Mode
ControlCenter4 Home Mode lets you access your machine's main features easily.
427
Advanced Mode
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and
allows you to customise one-button scan actions.
To change operation mode:
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then select Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Mode Select.
3. The mode selection dialog box appears. Select either the Home Mode or Advanced Mode option.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
428
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows
®
)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
429
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customise one-button scan actions.
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
430
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
431
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
If you are using Windows
®
Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother
installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
432
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
) > Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows
®
)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows
®
)
You can create up to three customised tabs, each including up to five customised buttons, with your preferred
settings.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Create custom tab.
A custom tab is created.
3. To change the name of a custom tab, right-click the custom tab, and then select Rename custom tab.
4. Click the Configuration button, select Create custom button, and then select the button you want to create.
The settings dialog box appears.
5. Type the button name, and then change the settings, if needed. Click OK.
The setting options vary depending on the button you select.
433
You can change or remove the created tab, button, or settings. Click the Configuration button, and then
follow the menu.
Related Information
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
434
Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
435
Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac > Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Use Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac to print and scan from your computer.
The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
. The actual screen may differ
depending on the version of the application.
For Windows
®
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download the
latest application.
For Mac
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
Related Information
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows
®
and Mac
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
436
Home > Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
If you think there is a problem with your machine, first check each of the items below, then try to identify the
problem, and follow our troubleshooting tips.
You can correct most problems yourself. If you need additional help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the
latest FAQs & Troubleshooting tips.
Visit us at support.brother.com.
Click FAQs & Troubleshooting and search for your model name.
First, check the following:
The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on.
All of the machine's orange protective parts have been removed.
The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer.
(For network models) The access point (for wireless), router, or hub is turned on and its link button is blinking.
The machine's LCD is displaying messages.
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
Error and Maintenance Messages
Document Jams
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Check the Machine Information
Reset Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Other Problems
Network Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
AirPrint Problems
437
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this
happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
If the touchscreen displays errors and your Android
device supports the NFC feature, touch your
device to the NFC symbol on the control panel to access the Brother Solutions Center and browse the
latest FAQs from your device. (Your mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your Android
device are set to On.
Related Information references are at the bottom of this page.
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Error Message
Cause Action
Absorber NearFull
The ink absorber box is nearly full. The ink absorber box must be replaced
soon. Contact Brother customer service or
your local Brother dealer.
The ink absorber box absorbs the
small amount of ink emitted during
print head cleaning.
B&W Print Only
Replace Ink
One or more of the colour ink cartridges
have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in monochrome
mode for approximately four weeks
depending on the number of pages you
print.
While this message appears on the LCD,
each operation works in the following way:
Printing
If the media type is set to Plain Paper
in the Basic tab, and Greyscale is
selected in the Advanced tab of the
printer driver, you can use the machine
as a monochrome printer.
Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, you can make copies in
monochrome.
Faxing
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, the machine will receive and
print the faxes in monochrome.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Although the Cause column lists options
for using the machine after this error
appears, you will not be able to use the
machine until you replace the ink
cartridge(s) under the following
conditions:
If you unplug the machine or remove
the ink cartridge.
If you select the Slow Drying Paper
option on the machine or in the printer
driver.
BT Call Sign On
BT Call Sign is set to On. You cannot
change the Receive Mode from Manual to
another mode.
Set BT Call Sign to Off.
See Related Information: Enable the
Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with
Your External Telephone only).
Cannot Detect
You installed a new ink cartridge too
quickly and the machine did not detect it.
Take out the new ink cartridge and
reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks
into place.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
438
Error Message Cause Action
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
A used ink cartridge was reinstalled. Remove the used ink cartridge and install
a new one.
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
cartridge.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
The ink cartridge must be replaced. Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge.
The new ink cartridge has an air bubble. Slowly turn the ink cartridge so that the
ink supply port is pointing downwards,
and then reinstall the cartridge.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge
was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink
cartridges and install the correct ink
cartridges.
Cannot Detect Ink
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
volume.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
Comm. Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If the
problem continues, contact the telephone
company and ask them to check your
telephone line.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices
trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed
The Brother machine and your mobile
device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the
correct PIN.
Cover is Open.
The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it
again.
Make sure the USB or network cable (if
used) have been guided correctly through
the cable channel and out the back of the
machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it
locks into place.
Data Remaining
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press Stop/Exit. The machine will cancel
the job and clear it from the memory. Try
to print again.
Disconnected
The other person or other person's fax
machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you
are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system,
try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP.
439
Error Message Cause Action
Document Jam
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned from
the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then
press Stop/Exit. Set the document in the
ADF correctly.
See Related Information: Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF).
See Related Information: Document
Jams.
High Temperature
The room temperature is too high. After cooling the room, allow the machine
to cool down to room temperature. Try
again when the machine has cooled
down.
Ink Absorber Full
The ink absorber box is full. These
components are periodic maintenance
items that may require replacement after
a period of time to ensure optimum
performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic
maintenance items, the replacement is
not covered under the warranty. The need
to replace these items and the time period
before replacement is dependent on the
number of purges and flushes required to
clean the ink system. These boxes
acquire amounts of ink during the different
purging and flushing operations. The
number of times a machine purges and
flushes for cleaning varies depending on
different situations. For example,
frequently powering the machine on and
off will cause numerous cleaning cycles
since the machine automatically cleans
upon power up. The use of non-Brother
ink may cause frequent cleanings
because non-Brother ink could cause
poor print quality which is resolved by
cleaning. The more cleaning the machine
requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered
under the stated product warranty.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Contact Brother customer service or your
local Brother Authorised Service Centre to
have your machine serviced.
Ink Low
One or more of the ink cartridges are near
the end of their lives. If the sending
machine has the ability to convert it, the
colour fax will be printed at your machine
as a monochrome fax.
Order a new ink cartridge. You can
continue printing until the LCD displays
Replace Ink.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
Jam A Inside/Front
Repeat Jam A
The paper is jammed in the machine.
(DCP-J572DW)
More than one sheet of paper was
placed in the manual feed slot.
Another sheet of paper was placed in
the manual feed slot before the LCD
displayed Where to Place the
Paper.
Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front).
Make sure the paper length guide is set to
the correct paper size.
(DCP-J572DW) Do not put more than one
sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at
any one time. Wait until the LCD displays
Where to Place the Paper before
440
Error Message Cause Action
you feed the next sheet of paper in the
manual feed slot.
Jam B Front
Repeat Jam B Front
The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front).
Make sure the paper length guide is set to
the correct paper size.
Jam C Rear
The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Low Temperature
The room temperature is too low. After warming the room, allow the
machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed
up.
Media card error
Multiple data storage devices were in the
machine when it was turned on. The
machine can read only one memory card
or USB flash drive at a time.
Remove the memory card(s) or USB flash
drive that you are not using.
Media Error
The memory card is either corrupted,
incorrectly formatted, or there is a
problem with the memory card.
Remove the memory card from the media
drive (slot) of the machine and format it
correctly.
Put the card firmly into the slot again to
make sure it is in the correct position. If
the error remains, check the media drive
(slot) of the machine by putting in another
memory card that you know is working.
Media is Full.
The memory card or USB flash drive you
are using already contains 999 files.
Your machine can only save to your
memory card or USB flash drive if it
contains fewer than 999 files. Delete
unused files and try again.
The memory card or USB flash drive you
are using does not have enough free
space to scan the document.
Delete unused files from your memory
card or USB flash drive to make some
free space, and then try again.
No Caller ID
There is no incoming call history. You did
not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service from
your telephone company.
To use the Caller ID feature, contact your
telephone company.
See Related Information: Caller ID.
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Brother machine cannot find
your mobile device.
Make sure your machine and mobile
device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have
entered the correct password.
441
Error Message Cause Action
If your mobile device has a
configuration page for how to obtain
an IP address, make sure the IP
address of your mobile device has
been configured via DHCP.
No File
The memory card or USB flash drive in
the media drive does not contain a .JPG
file.
Put the correct memory card or USB flash
drive into the slot again.
No Ink Cartridge
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly. Remove the new ink cartridge and re-
install it slowly and firmly until it locks into
place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
No Paper Fed
The machine is out of paper or paper is
not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
Refill the paper tray, and then press c.
Remove and reload the paper, and
then press c.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
(DCP-J572DW) The paper was not
inserted in the centre position of the
manual feed slot.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the
centre of the manual feed slot, and then
follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper in
the Manual Feed Slot.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed
correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed
evenly at both ends.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
No Paper Fed Again
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
No Response/Busy
The number you dialled does not answer
or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
Not Registered
You tried to access a Speed Dial number
that has not been stored in the machine.
Set up the Speed Dial number.
Out of Fax Memory
The fax memory is full. Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress:
Press Stop/Exit and wait until the
other operations that are in progress
finish, and then try again.
Press c to select Partial Print to
copy the pages scanned so far.
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Paper Size Mismatch
The paper size setting does not match the
size of paper in the tray.
-OR-
1. Check that the paper size you chose
on the machine's display matches the
size of the paper in the tray.
442
Error Message Cause Action
You did not set the paper guides in the
tray to the indicators for the paper size
you are using.
See Related Information: Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in a
Portrait position, by setting the paper
guides at the indicators for your paper
size.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
3. After you have checked the paper size
and the paper position, press c.
If you are printing from your computer,
make sure the paper size you chose in
the printer driver matches the size of
paper in the tray.
See Related Information: Print Settings
(Windows
®
) or Print Options (Mac).
Replace Ink
One or more of the ink cartridges have
reached the end of their lives. The
machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, monochrome
faxes will be stored in the memory. If the
sending machine has the ability to convert
it, the colour fax will be stored in the
memory as a monochrome fax.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
You can still scan even if the ink is low
or needs to be replaced.
The maximum number of
devices are already
connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
The maximum number of mobile devices
are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner (G/O).
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can
confirm the connection status by printing
the Network Configuration Report.
See Related Information: Print the
Network Configuration Report.
Tray not detected
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into
the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented
the paper tray from being inserted
correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine,
and remove the jammed paper or foreign
object. If you cannot find or remove the
jammed paper, see Related Information:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Tray Settings
This message is displayed when the
setting to confirm the paper type and size
is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message,
change the setting to Off.
See Related Information: Change the
Check Paper Size Setting.
Unable to Clean XX
Unable to Init. XX
Unable to Print XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
-OR-
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Open the scanner cover and remove any
foreign objects and paper scraps from
inside the machine. If the error message
continues, disconnect the machine from
the power for several minutes, and then
reconnect it.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front).
If you cannot print received faxes, transfer
them to another fax machine or to your
computer before disconnecting the
machine so you will not lose any
important messages. Then, disconnect
the machine from the power for several
minutes and reconnect it.
443
Error Message Cause Action
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unable to Scan XX
The machine has a mechanical problem. Disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
If you cannot print received faxes, transfer
them to another fax machine or to your
computer before disconnecting the
machine so you will not lose any
important messages. Then, disconnect
the machine from the power for several
minutes and reconnect it.
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Wrong Ink Cartridge
The ink cartridge model number is not
compatible with your machine.
Verify whether the cartridge model
number will work with your machine.
Wrong Ink Colour
An ink cartridge has been installed in the
wrong position.
Check which ink cartridges are not
matched by colour to their ink cartridge
positions and move them to their correct
positions.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Error Message
Cause Action
B&W 1-sided Print
Only
Replace ink.
One or more of the colour ink cartridges
have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in monochrome
mode for approximately four weeks
depending on the number of pages you
print.
While this message appears on the
touchscreen, each operation works in the
following way:
Printing
If the media type is set to Plain Paper
in the Basic tab, and Greyscale is
selected in the Advanced tab of the
printer driver, you can use the machine
as a monochrome printer.
Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, you can make copies in
monochrome.
Faxing
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, the machine will receive and
print the faxes in monochrome.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Although the Cause column lists options
for using the machine after this error
appears, you may not be able to use the
machine until you replace the ink
cartridge(s) under the following
conditions:
If you unplug the machine or remove
the ink cartridge.
If you select the Slow Drying Paper
option on the machine or in the printer
driver.
BT Call Sign On
BT Call Sign is set to On. You cannot
change the Receive Mode from Manual to
another mode.
Set BT Call Sign to Off.
See Related Information: Enable the
Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with
Your External Telephone only).
Cannot Detect
You installed a new ink cartridge too
quickly and the machine did not detect it.
Take out the new ink cartridge and
reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks
into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
444
Error Message Cause Action
A used ink cartridge was reinstalled. Remove the used ink cartridge and install
a new one.
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
cartridge.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
The ink cartridge must be replaced. Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge
was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink
cartridges and install the correct ink
cartridges.
Cannot Detect Ink
Volume
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
volume.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
Comm.Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If the
problem continues, contact the telephone
company and ask them to check your
telephone line.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices
trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed
The Brother machine and your mobile
device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the
correct PIN.
Cover is Open.
The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it
again.
Make sure the telephone line cord and
interface cable (if used) have been guided
correctly through the cable channel and
out the back of the machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it
locks into place.
Data Remaining in
Memory
Print data is left in the machine's memory.
Press . The machine will cancel the
job and clear it from the memory. Try to
print again.
Disconnected
The other person or other person's fax
machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you
are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system,
try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP.
Document Jam/too Long
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned from
the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then
press . Set the document in the ADF
correctly.
445
Error Message Cause Action
See Related Information: Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF).
See Related Information: Document
Jams.
High Temperature
The room temperature is too high. After cooling the room, allow the machine
to cool down to room temperature. Try
again when the machine has cooled
down.
Hub is Unusable.
A hub or USB flash drive with hub has
been connected to the USB direct
interface.
Hubs, including a USB flash drive with a
built-in hub, are not supported. Unplug the
device from the USB direct interface.
Ink Absorber NearFull
The ink absorber box is nearly full. The ink absorber box must be replaced
soon. Contact Brother customer service or
your local Brother dealer.
The ink absorber box absorbs the
small amount of ink emitted during
print head cleaning.
Ink Absorber Pad Full
The ink absorber box is full. These
components are periodic maintenance
items that may require replacement after
a period of time to ensure optimum
performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic
maintenance items, the replacement is
not covered under the warranty. The need
to replace these items and the time period
before replacement is dependent on the
number of purges and flushes required to
clean the ink system. These boxes
acquire amounts of ink during the different
purging and flushing operations. The
number of times a machine purges and
flushes for cleaning varies depending on
different situations. For example,
frequently powering the machine on and
off will cause numerous cleaning cycles
since the machine automatically cleans
upon power up. The use of non-Brother
ink may cause frequent cleanings
because non-Brother ink could cause
poor print quality which is resolved by
cleaning. The more cleaning the machine
requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered
under the stated product warranty.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Contact Brother customer service or your
local Brother Authorised Service Centre to
have your machine serviced.
Ink Low
One or more of the ink cartridges are near
the end of their lives. If the sending
machine has the ability to convert it, the
colour fax will be printed at your machine
as a monochrome fax.
Order a new ink cartridge. You can
continue printing until the touchscreen
displays Replace Ink.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
Jam A Inside/Front
Repeat Jam A Inside/
Front
The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front).
446
Error Message Cause Action
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
More than one sheet of paper was placed
in the manual feed slot.
-OR-
Another sheet of paper was placed in the
manual feed slot before the touchscreen
displayed Where to Place the
Paper.
Do not put more than one sheet of paper
in the manual feed slot at any one time.
Wait until the touchscreen displays Where
to Place the Paper before you feed
the next sheet of paper in the manual feed
slot.
Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front).
Jam B Front
Repeat Jam B Front
The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
Jam C Rear
The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Low Temperature
The room temperature is too low. After warming the room, allow the
machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed
up.
Media card error
Multiple data storage devices were in the
machine when it was turned on. The
machine can read only one memory card
or USB flash drive at a time.
Remove the memory card(s) or USB flash
drive that you are not using.
Media Error
The memory card is either corrupted,
incorrectly formatted, or there is a
problem with the memory card.
Remove the memory card from the media
drive (slot) of the machine and format it
correctly.
Put the card firmly into the slot again to
make sure it is in the correct position. If
the error remains, check the media drive
(slot) of the machine by putting in another
memory card that you know is working.
Media is Full.
The memory card or USB flash drive you
are using already contains 999 files.
Your machine can only save to your
memory card or USB flash drive if it
contains fewer than 999 files. Delete
unused files and try again.
The memory card or USB flash drive you
are using does not have enough free
space to scan the document.
Delete unused files from your memory
card or USB flash drive to make some
free space, and then try again.
No Caller ID
There is no incoming call history. You did
not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service from
your telephone company.
To use the Caller ID feature, contact your
telephone company.
See Related Information: Caller ID.
447
Error Message Cause Action
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Brother machine cannot find
your mobile device.
Make sure your machine and mobile
device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have
entered the correct password.
If your mobile device has a
configuration page for how to obtain
an IP address, make sure the IP
address of your mobile device has
been configured via DHCP.
No File
The memory card or USB flash drive in
the media drive does not contain a .JPG
file.
Put the correct memory card or USB flash
drive into the slot again.
No Ink Cartridge
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly. Remove the new ink cartridge and re-
install it slowly and firmly until it locks into
place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
No Paper Fed
The machine is out of paper or paper is
not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
Refill the paper tray, and then follow
the LCD instructions.
Remove and reload the paper, and
then follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
The paper was not inserted in the centre
position of the manual feed slot.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the
centre of the manual feed slot, and then
follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper in
the Manual Feed Slot.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed
correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed
evenly at both ends.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
No Response/Busy
The number you dialled does not answer
or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
Out of Fax Memory
The fax memory is full. Do one of the following:
Clear the data from the memory. To
gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress:
448
Error Message Cause Action
Press or Quit or Close and wait
until the other operations that are in
progress finish, and then try again.
Press Partial Print to copy the
pages scanned so far.
Clear the data in the memory. To gain
extra memory, you can turn Memory
Receive off.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
Print the faxes stored in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Paper Size Mismatch
The paper size setting does not match the
size of paper in the tray.
-OR-
You did not set the paper guides in the
tray to the indicators for the paper size
you are using.
1. Check that the paper size you selected
on the machine's display matches the
size of the paper in the tray.
See Related Information: Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in the
correct orientation and set the paper
guides at the indicators for your paper
size.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
3. After you have checked the paper size
and the paper orientation, follow the
LCD instructions.
If printing from your computer, make sure
the paper size you selected in the printer
driver matches the size of paper in the
tray.
See Related Information: Print Settings
(Windows
®
) or Print Options (Mac).
Paper Tray not
detected
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into
the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented
the paper tray from being inserted
correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine,
and remove the jammed paper or foreign
object. If you cannot find or remove the
jammed paper, see Related Information:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Repetitive No Paper
Fed
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Replace Ink
One or more of the ink cartridges have
reached the end of their lives. The
machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, monochrome
faxes will be stored in the memory. If the
sending machine has the ability to convert
it, the colour fax will be stored in the
memory as a monochrome fax.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
You can still scan even if the ink is low
or needs to be replaced.
The maximum number of
devices are already
connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
The maximum number of mobile devices
are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner (G/O).
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can
confirm the connection status by printing
the Network Configuration Report.
449
Error Message Cause Action
See Related Information: Print the
Network Configuration Report.
Touchscreen Init.
Failed
The touchscreen was pressed before the
power on initialisation was completed.
Make sure nothing is touching or resting
on the touchscreen, especially when
plugging the machine in.
Debris may be stuck between the lower
part of the touchscreen and its frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the
lower part of the touchscreen and its
frame and slide it back and forth to push
out the debris.
Tray Settings
This message is displayed when the
setting to confirm the paper type and size
is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message,
change the setting to Off.
See Related Information: Change the
Check Paper Size Setting.
Unable to Clean XX
Unable to Initialize
XX
Unable to Print XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
-OR-
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Open the scanner cover and remove any
foreign objects and paper scraps from
inside the machine. If the error message
continues, disconnect the machine from
the power for several minutes, and then
reconnect it.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front).
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW) If you
cannot print received faxes, transfer them
to another fax machine or to your
computer.
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unable to Scan XX
The machine has a mechanical problem. Disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW) If you
cannot print received faxes, transfer them
to another fax machine or to your
computer.
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unusable Device
Disconnect device
from front connector
& turn machine off &
then on
A broken device is connected to the USB
direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface, then press to turn the
machine off and then on again.
Unusable Device
Please disconnect USB
device.
A USB device or USB flash drive that is
not supported has been connected to the
USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface. Turn the machine off and then
on again.
Wrong Ink Cartridge
The ink cartridge model number is not
compatible with your machine.
Verify whether the cartridge model
number will work with your machine.
Wrong Ink Colour
An ink cartridge has been installed in the
wrong position.
Check which ink cartridges are not
matched by colour to their ink cartridge
positions and move them to their correct
positions.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
450
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Print the Network Configuration Report
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Document Jams
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
Caller ID
Load Paper
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Turn Off Memory Receive
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print Options (Mac)
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
451
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If the LCD shows:
[Unable to Clean XX]
[Unable to Initialize XX]
[Unable to Print XX]
[Unable to Scan XX]
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
See Related Information: Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine.
See Related Information: Transfer Faxes to Your Computer.
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
See Related Information: Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine.
Related Information
Error and Maintenance Messages
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows
®
only)
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Functions Overview
452
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Service]. Press OK.
b. Select [Data Transfer]. Press OK.
c. Select [Fax Transfer]. Press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
If the LCD displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine's memory.
Press c, and then press Stop/Exit.
Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
5. Press Mono Start.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Fax Transfer].
3. Do one of the following:
If the touchscreen displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory.
Press [Close], and then press .
Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Set Your Station ID
453
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can transfer the faxes from your machine's memory to your computer.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
From the
(Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
3. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
Press a or b to select [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. Press OK.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the LCD will ask if you want to
transfer the faxes to your computer.
Press c to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
From the
(Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
3. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
454
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the touchscreen will ask if you
want to transfer the faxes to your computer.
If Fax Preview is set to Off, you will be asked if you want to print backup copies.
Press [Yes] to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
Related Information
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows
®
only)
455
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Service]. Press OK.
b. Select [Data Transfer]. Press OK.
c. Select [Report Transfer]. Press OK.
4. Enter the fax number where Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
5. Press Mono Start.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Report
Transfer].
3. Enter the fax number where the Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Set Your Station ID
456
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Error Messages When Using the Brother
Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the following chart.
You can correct most errors yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page
on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Connection Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
(DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Connection Error 02
Network is not connected.
Check that the machine is
connected to the network.
(DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Connection Error 02
Network is not connected.
Check that the machine is
connected to the network.
The machine is not connected to a
network.
Verify that the network connection
is good.
If the Web or Apps option was
pressed soon after the machine
was turned on, the network
connection may not have been
established yet. Wait and try
again.
(DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
(DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
Network or server settings are
incorrect.
There is a problem with the
network or server.
Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
If the Web or Apps option was
pressed soon after the machine
was turned on, the network
connection may not have been
established yet. Wait and try
again.
(DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Set the correct Date&Time.
(DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Set the correct Date&Time.
Date and time settings are incorrect. Set the date and time correctly. Note
that if the machine's power cord is
disconnected, the date and time
settings may have reset to factory
settings.
457
Authentication Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter
PIN correctly.
The PIN you entered to access the
account is incorrect. The PIN is the
four-digit number that was entered
when registering the account to the
machine.
Enter the correct PIN.
Authentication Error 02
Incorrect or expired ID, or
this temporary ID is already
used. Enter correctly or
reissue temporary ID.
Temporary ID is valid for 24
hours after it is issued.
The temporary ID that was entered is
incorrect.
Enter the correct temporary ID.
The temporary ID that was entered
has expired. A temporary ID is valid
for 24 hours.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again and receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Authentication Error 03
Display name has already
been registered. Enter
another display name.
The name you entered as the display
name has already been registered to
another service user.
Enter a different display name.
Server Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Server Error 01
Authentication failed. Do
the following: 1. Go to
http://bwc.brother.com to
get a new temporary ID. 2.
Press OK and enter your new
temporary ID in the next
screen.
The machine's authentication
information (needed to access the
service) has expired or is invalid.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again to receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Server Error 03
Failed to upload.
Unsupported file or corrupt
data. Confirm data of file.
The file you are trying to upload may
have one of the following problems:
The file exceeds the service's limit
on number of pixels, file size, etc.
The file type is not supported.
The file is corrupted.
The file cannot be used:
Check the service's size or format
restrictions.
Save the file as a different type.
If possible, get a new, uncorrupted
version of the file.
Server Error 13
Service temporarily
unavailable. Try again
later.
There is a problem with the service
and it cannot be used now.
Wait and try again. If you get the
message again, access the service
from a computer to confirm if it is
unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Shortcut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please
register account and
shortcut again after
deleting this shortcut.
The shortcut cannot be used because
the account was deleted after the
shortcut was registered.
Delete the shortcut, and then register
the account and shortcut again.
Related Information
Error and Maintenance Messages
458
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams
Document Jams
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Error and Maintenance Messages
459
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Remove any paper that is not jammed from the ADF.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the jammed document by pulling it upwards.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Press Stop/Exit or .
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the centre.
Related Information
Document Jams
460
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Remove any paper that is not jammed from the ADF.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the left.
4. Close the document cover.
5. Press Stop/Exit or
.
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the centre.
Related Information
Document Jams
461
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
4. Press Stop/Exit or
.
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the centre.
Related Information
Document Jams
462
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Locate and remove the jammed paper.
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
463
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/
Front)
If the LCD displays [Jam A Inside/Front] or [Repeat Jam A Inside/Front], follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the
machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important
messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the
open position.
1
5. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
464
1
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the encoder strip, a thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(1). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
1
If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration (2), you cannot move it. Follow these
steps:
a. Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord.
b. Open the scanner cover again, and then hold down Stop/Exit or
until the print head moves to
the centre.
c. Unplug the machine from the power source and remove the jammed paper.
3
2
465
If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then
move the print head to take out the paper.
Hold the concave areas with the triangle marks as shown in the illustration (3) to move the print head.
If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam A Inside/Front], move the print head (if needed) to
take out any paper remaining in this area. Make sure scraps of paper are not left in the corners of the
machine (1) and (2).
1
2
When finished, continue with the next step.
6. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
7. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
466
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam A Inside/Front], do the following:
a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1
b. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1
c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
When finished, continue with the next step.
8. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
467
9. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then
unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
10. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Error and Maintenance Messages
468
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
If the LCD displays [Jam B Front] or [Repeat Jam B Front], follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the
machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important
messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
1
469
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam B Front], do the following:
a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1
b. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1
c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
When finished, continue with the next step.
5. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
470
6. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then
unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
7. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Error and Maintenance Messages
471
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear)
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
If the LCD displays [Jam C Rear], follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the
machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important
messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
Depending on the paper size, it is easier to remove the jammed paper from the front of the machine rather
than from the back of the machine.
4. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1
5. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
472
6. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
7. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
8. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then
unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
9. Reconnect the power cord.
473
Additional paper jam clear operations
(DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
If the LCD error message continues to appear and you repeatedly experience paper jams, do the following:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket and open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Load one sheet of thick A4 or Letter sized paper, such as glossy paper, in the manual feed slot. Insert
the paper deep into the manual feed slot.
3. Re-connect the power cord.
The paper you placed in the manual feed slot will be fed through the machine and ejected. If the thick
paper is pushing any jammed paper out, remove the jammed paper.
Related Information
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Error and Maintenance Messages
474
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
For technical help, you must contact Brother customer support.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems
yourself.
If you need additional help, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the Brother Solutions Center
at
support.brother.com.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Other Problems
Network Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
AirPrint Problems
475
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Paper Handling and Printing
Problems
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Printing Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
No printout Check that the correct printer driver has been installed and selected.
Check to see if the machine's display is showing an error message.
See Related Information: Error and Maintenance Messages.
Check that the machine is online:
Windows Server
®
2008
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers. Right-
click Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is your model name). Make
sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is listed, click this option to set the
driver Online.
Windows
®
7 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers. Right-click Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer (where XXXX is your model name) and click See what's printing.
Click Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer (where XXXX is your model name). Click See what's printing. If
printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
Windows
®
10 and Windows Server
®
2016
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer (where XXXX is your model name). Click See what’s printing. If
printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
Windows Server
®
2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is your model name). Click See what's printing. If printer driver
options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and
make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View
devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where
XXXX is your model name). Click See what's printing. If printer driver
options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and
make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
One or more ink cartridges have reached the end of their life.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink Cartridges.
If old, unprinted data remains in the printer driver spooler, it will prevent new print
jobs from printing. Open the printer icon and delete all data as follows:
Windows Server
®
2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
Windows
®
7 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2
476
Difficulties Suggestions
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Printers and Faxes.
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers > Printers.
Windows
®
10 and Windows Server
®
2016
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers > Printers.
Windows Server
®
2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers > Printers.
Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View
devices and printers > Printers.
Mac
Click the System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
The headers or footers appear
when the document is displayed
on the screen but do not appear
when the document is printed.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the page. Adjust the top
and bottom margins in your document to allow for this.
See Related Information: Unprintable Area.
Cannot perform ‘Page Layout’
printing.
Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer driver are
the same.
Print speed is too slow. Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest resolution needs longer data
processing, sending and printing time. Try the other quality settings in the printer
driver as follows:
Windows
®
In the printer driver, clear the Colour Enhancement check box on the
Advanced tab.
Mac
In the printer driver, select Color Settings, click Advanced Color Settings,
and make sure you clear the Color Enhancement check box.
Turn the Borderless feature off. Borderless printing is slower than normal printing.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows
®
) or Print a Photo (Mac).
Turn the Quiet Mode setting off. Print speed is slower in Quiet Mode.
See Related Information: Reduce Printing Noise.
Print Quality Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Poor print quality Check the print quality.
See Related Information: Check the Print Quality.
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer driver or the Paper Type setting
in the machine’s menu matches the type of paper you are using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows
®
) or Print Options (Mac).
Make sure your ink cartridges are fresh. The following may cause ink to clog:
The expiration date written on the cartridge package has passed.
The ink cartridge has been in your machine for over six months.
The ink cartridge may not have been stored correctly before use.
477
Difficulties Suggestions
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink. Brother does not recommend the
use of cartridges other than Brother Original cartridges or the refilling of used
cartridges with ink from other sources.
Make sure you are using one of the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
The recommended environment for your machine is between 20 °C to 33 °C.
White lines appear in text or
graphics.
Clean the print head.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
or Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac).
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
Try using the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain
print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or
leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend
using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the
machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
The machine prints blank pages. Check the print quality.
See Related Information: Check the Print Quality.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain
print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or
leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend
using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the
machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Characters and lines are blurred. Check the printing alignment.
See Related Information: Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine.
Change the print setting options.
See Related Information: Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing
Problems.
Printed text or images are
skewed.
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray and the paper guides
are adjusted correctly.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
Smudge or stain at the top centre
of the printed page.
Make sure the paper is not too thick or curled.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
Printing appears dirty or ink
seems to run.
Make sure you are using the recommended types of paper. Do not handle the
paper until the ink is dry.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
Make sure the printing surface is face down in the paper tray.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
If you are using photo paper, make sure the glossy side of the photo paper is
face down in the tray and you have set the correct paper type. If you are printing
a photo from your computer, set the Media Type in the printer driver.
Ink is smudged or wet when using
glossy photo paper.
Be sure to check the front and back of the paper. Place the glossy surface
(printing surface) face down.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
478
Difficulties Suggestions
If you use glossy photo paper, make sure the paper type setting is correct.
Stains appear on the reverse side
or at the bottom of the page.
Make sure the printer platen is not dirty with ink.
See Related Information: Clean the Machine's Printer Platen.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
Make sure you are using the paper support flap.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the paper feed rollers are not dirty with ink.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
The machine prints dense lines on
the page.
Windows
®
Select Reverse Order in the Basic tab of the printer driver.
The printouts are wrinkled.
Windows
®
In the printer driver, select the Advanced tab, click Other Print Options, and
then click Advanced Colour Settings. Clear the Bi-Directional Printing
check box.
Mac
In the printer driver, select Print Settings, click Advanced, select Other Print
Options, and clear the Bi-Directional Printing check box.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
Paper Handling Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
The machine does not feed paper. Make sure the paper tray is pushed in all the way until it locks into place.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine is closed.
(DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW)
Return the photo paper tray to the Normal printing position when you use cut
sheet paper.
See Related Information: Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Paper Tray.
If the machine's LCD displays a Paper Jam message and you still have a
problem, see Related Information: Error and Maintenance Messages.
If the paper tray is empty, load a new stack of paper into the paper tray.
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled,
straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and
put it back in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers.
Make sure that the paper is within specifications for the machine.
See Related Information: Paper Weight and Thickness.
Photo paper does not feed
correctly.
When you print on Brother Photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo
paper in the paper tray. An extra sheet has been included in the paper package
for this purpose.
Machine feeds multiple pages. Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
Remove all the paper from the tray and fan the stack of paper well, then put it
back in the tray.
Make sure you do not push the paper in too far.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
479
Difficulties Suggestions
Make sure the Base Pad in the paper tray is not dirty.
See Related Information: Clean the Base Pad.
There is a paper jam. See Related Information: Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
Use the jam prevention settings.
For copying
See Related Information: Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing
Problems.
For printing
See Related Information: Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows
®
) or Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac).
The paper jams when you use 2-
sided copy or 2-sided print.
If paper jams occur frequently during 2-sided copying or 2-sided printing, the
paper feed rollers may be stained with ink. Clean the paper feed rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
Printing Received Faxes (MFC models)
Difficulties
Suggestions
Condensed print
Horizontal streaks
Top and bottom sentences are
cut off
Missing lines
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your copy
looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or interference on the
telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
Black lines when receiving. The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if the
problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.
Left and right margins are cut off
or a single page is printed on two
pages.
If the received faxes are divided and printed on two pages or if you get an extra
blank page, your paper size setting may not be correct for the paper you are
using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
Turn on Auto Reduction.
See Related Information: Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax.
Received colour fax prints only in
monocrome.
Replace the colour ink cartridges that have reached the end of their life, and then
ask the other person to send the colour fax again.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink Cartridges.
Related Information
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Troubleshooting
Error and Maintenance Messages
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Unprintable Area
Check the Print Quality
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
Load Paper
480
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Paper Tray
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Paper Weight and Thickness
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print Options (Mac)
Print a Photo (Mac)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows
®
)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Clean the Base Pad
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
Reduce Printing Noise
481
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties
Suggestions
Dialling does not work. (No dial
tone)
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you
subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection
instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP).
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
See Related Information: Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode.
If an external phone is connected to the machine, send a manual fax by lifting the
handset of the external telephone and dialling the number using the external
telephone. Wait to hear the fax receiving tones before sending the fax.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line
cord to the socket. Then lift the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial
tone. If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line
and/or wall socket.
The machine does not answer
when called.
Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is
still no answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone
wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If there is no ringing when you
call your machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties
Suggestions
The machine ‘Hears’ a voice as a
CNG Tone.
If Fax Detect is set to On, your machine is more sensitive to sounds. It may
mistakenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a fax machine calling
and respond with fax receiving tones. Deactivate the machine by pressing Stop/
Exit or . Try avoiding this problem by turning Fax Detect to Off.
See Related Information: Set Fax Detect.
Sending a Fax Call to the
machine.
If you answered on an extension or external telephone, press your Remote
Activation Code (the factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external
telephone, press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features on a single line. If you have Call Waiting, Call Waiting/Caller ID, Caller ID, Voice Mail, an
answering machine, an alarm system or other custom feature on a single
telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving
faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and
its signal comes through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a
fax, the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother’s ECM (Error
Correction Mode) feature should help overcome this problem. This condition is
related to the telephone system industry and is common to all devices that send
and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If avoiding
482
Difficulties Suggestions
a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate
telephone line with no custom features.
Receiving Faxes
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot receive a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you
subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection
instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP). This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the
external devices and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as
the Brother machine.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to
automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine,
you should select the External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your
Brother machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and voice callers
will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to
automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode.
In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive faxes automatically and
produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to answer voice calls.
If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes
automatically, you should select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must
answer every incoming call and activate the machine to receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your
Brother machine answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to
one ring.
See Related Information: Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay).
If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings
programmed on your answering machine to two.
If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly.
Remember to reset your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to
your original setting. If receiving problems recur after resetting the Ring Delay,
then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering the fax call before
the machine has a chance to answer.
If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber
service may be interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem
with your fax line.
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the
same line as the Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up
correctly.
See Related Information: Connect an External TAD.
1. Connect the external TAD as shown in the illustration.
See Related Information: External TAD (Telephone Answering Device).
2. Set your answering machine to answer in one or two rings.
3. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
483
Difficulties Suggestions
Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message.
Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
End your outgoing message with your Remote Activation Code for people
sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or
press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
4. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
5. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External TAD.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Make sure your Brother machine’s Fax Detect feature is turned On. Fax Detect is
a feature that allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call on an
external or extension telephone.
See Related Information: Set Fax Detect.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone
line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
If you connect your machine to a PBX or ISDN line, set the menu setting of
Telephone Line Type to your telephone line type.
See Related Information: Set the Telephone Line Type.
Sending Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot send a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you
subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection
instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP).
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.
See Related Information: Print Reports.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Poor sending quality. Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your
machine’s scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Transmission Verification Report
says RESULT:NG.
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again.
If you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:NG on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory. To free up extra
memory, you can turn off Fax Storage, print fax messages in memory or cancel a
delayed fax. If the problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your
telephone line.
See Related Information: Turn Off Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory.
See Related Information: Cancel a Fax in Progress.
See Related Information: Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.
If you connect your machine to a PBX or ISDN line, set the menu setting of
Telephone Line Type to your telephone line type.
See Related Information: Set the Telephone Line Type.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone
line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
484
Difficulties Suggestions
Sent faxes are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information: Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Vertical black lines when sending. Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction
fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Related Information
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Set Dial Tone Detection
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Troubleshooting
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Set Fax Detect
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Connect an External TAD
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Set the Telephone Line Type
Print Reports
Clean the Scanner
Turn Off Memory Receive
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
485
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Telephone and Fax
Problems > Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Dial Tone]. Press OK.
c. Select [Detection] or [No Detection]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Tone].
2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection].
3. Press .
Related Information
Telephone and Fax Problems
486
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Telephone and Fax
Problems > Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
If you are having problems sending or receiving a fax due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you
are using a VoIP system, we recommend changing the modem speed to minimise errors in fax operations.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Compatibility]. Press OK.
c. Select [Normal] or [Basic(for VoIP)]. Press OK.
[Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off colour fax receiving and
Error Correction Mode (ECM), except for colour fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring
problem on your telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility
setting to [Basic(for VoIP)].
[Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional
phone line.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Compatibility].
2. Press the option you want.
[Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off colour fax receiving and
Error Correction Mode (ECM), except for colour fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem
on your telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting
to [Basic(for VoIP)].
[Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press
.
VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional
phone line.
Related Information
Telephone and Fax Problems
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
Error and Maintenance Messages
487
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Other Problems
Other Problems
Copying Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
Black lines or streaks appear in
copies.
A
Black lines on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass
strip. Clean the glass strip, scanner glass, and the white bar and white plastic
above them.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Black marks or spots appear in
copies.
Black marks or spots on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on
the scanner glass. Clean the scanner glass and white plastic above it.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Dark lines appear at regular
intervals.
Check and adjust the paper feed.
See Related Information: Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.
Copies are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information: Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Poor copy results when using the
ADF.
(ADF models)
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Fit to Page does not work
correctly.
Make sure the document is not skewed on the scanner glass. Reposition the
document and try again.
Scanning Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
TWAIN or WIA errors appear
when starting to scan.
(Windows
®
)
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected as the primary source in
your scanning application. For example, in Nuance
PaperPort
14SE, click
Desktop > Scan Settings > Select to choose the Brother TWAIN/WIA driver.
OCR does not work. Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Poor scanning results when using
the ADF. (Black lines appear in
the scanned data.)
(ADF models)
Clean the white bar and the glass strip underneath it.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
PhotoCapture Center Difficulties (DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
488
Difficulties Suggestions
Removable Disk does not work
correctly.
Make sure the Removable Disk function is set to on.
If the problem continues, make the following steps:
1. Take out the memory card or USB Flash drive and put it back in again.
2. If you have tried “Eject” from within Windows
®
, take out the memory card or
USB Flash drive before you continue.
3. If an error message appears when you try to eject the memory card or USB
Flash drive, it means the card is being accessed. Wait a while, and then try
again.
4. If all of the above do not work, turn off your computer and machine, and then
turn them on again.
Cannot access Removable Disk
from the computer.
Make sure the Removable Disk function is set to on and you have correctly
inserted the memory card or USB Flash drive.
Part of my photo is missing when
printed.
Make sure Borderless printing and Cropping are turned off.
See Related Information: Print Borderless Photos from Media.
See Related Information: Print Photos with Auto Cropping.
Software Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot print. Uninstall and reinstall the Brother driver.
“Device Busy” appears on the
computer screen.
Make sure the machine is not showing an error message on the machine's
display.
Related Information
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Troubleshooting
Clean the Scanner
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Print Borderless Photos from Media
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
489
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems
Network Problems
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows
®
)
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Troubleshooting
490
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > Use the
Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows
®
)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows
®
)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
Windows
®
7/Windows
®
8/Windows
®
10
You must log on with Administrator rights.
Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows
®
8/
Windows
®
10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then
click Network Connection Repair Tool.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings >
Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
Network Problems
Print the Network Configuration Report
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
491
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > Where
Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Print the Network Configuration Report
492
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > I Cannot
Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to
resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause
Action Interface
Your security settings (SSID/
Network Key) are not
correct.
Confirm the security settings using the Wireless Setup Helper
utility. For more information and to download the utility, go to your
model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Select and confirm that you are using the correct security
settings.
- See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router for information on how to find the security
settings.
- The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security
settings.
- Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Wireless
Your Brother machine's MAC
address is not allowed.
Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the
filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's
control panel.
Wireless
Your wireless LAN access
point/router is in stealth
mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions
supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and
reconfigure the wireless network setup.
Wireless
Your security settings (SSID/
password) are not correct.
Confirm the SSID and password.
- When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID
and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your
mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID
and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s
screen.
Wi-Fi Direct
You are using Android
4.0.
If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after
using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a G/O.
Wi-Fi Direct
Your Brother machine is
placed too far from your
mobile device.
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 metre) of the
mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Wi-Fi Direct
There are some obstructions
(walls or furniture, for
example) between your
machine and the mobile
device.
Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area. Wi-Fi Direct
There is a wireless
computer, Bluetooth-
supported device,
microwave oven, or digital
cordless phone near the
Brother machine or the
mobile device.
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile
device.
Wi-Fi Direct
If you have checked and
tried all of the above, but still
cannot complete the Wi-Fi
Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then try to configure
the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
Wi-Fi Direct
493
Cause Action Interface
Direct configuration, do the
following:
If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how
many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network,
and then check how many devices are connected.
For Windows
®
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we
recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Related Information
Network Problems
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
494
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > My Brother
Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the
Network
Cause Action Interface
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The Network scanning
feature does not work. )
Windows
®
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type
the information below:
- In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
- In Port number:
Type 54925.
- In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Mac
(Brother iPrint&Scan)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-
click the Brother iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan
window appears. Click the Select your Machine button, and then
follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.
(TWAIN driver)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and
then double-click the Device Selector icon. The Device Selector
window appears. Reselect your network machine, make sure
Status is idle, and then click OK.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not
work.)
(Windows
®
)
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To
add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
In Port number:
Type 54926.
In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
Some security software might block access without showing a security
alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask
the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine was
not assigned an available
IP address.
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your
computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the
same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
Windows
®
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
Mac
Wired/Wireless
495
Cause Action Interface
Check your network devices using the ping command. For more
information on how to confirm your network settings, see Related
Information:Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command.
The failed print job is still
in your computer's print
queue.
If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it.
Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and
cancel all documents:
- Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Printers and
Faxes.
- Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and
printers > Printers.
- Windows
®
10 and Windows Server
®
2016
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the
Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers
> Printers.
- Windows Server
®
2008
Click Start > Control Panel > Printers.
-
Windows Server
®
2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers >
Printers.
-
Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware
group, click View devices and printers.
- macOS v10.10.5, v10.11.x, v10.12
Click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine is
not connected to the
wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the
Brother software and drivers and reinstall them.
Related Information
Network Problems
Print the WLAN Report
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows
®
)
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
496
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > I Want to
Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check Action Interface
Check that your Brother
machine, access point/
router, or network hub is
turned on.
Check the following:
The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is
turned on.
The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is
blinking.
All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
(For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Wired/Wireless
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother
machine from your
computer.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or
the node name in the Windows
®
command prompt or Mac Terminal
application:
ping <ipaddress> or <nodename>.
Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and
connected to the same network as your computer.
Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same
network as your computer.
(Windows
®
)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair
Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Mac)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Wired/Wireless
Check that your Brother
machine is connected to
the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.
Related Information
Network Problems
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the WLAN Report
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows
®
)
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
497
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > I Want to
Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly > Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check the IP addresses of both your computer and your Brother machine, and then confirm whether the network
is operating correctly.
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows
®
)
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
>> Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows
®
)
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click /Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt
Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Search >
Command Prompt.
Windows
®
10
Click
> Windows System > Command Prompt.
2. Type "ipconfig" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
4. Type "exit" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Click Network > Advanced > TCP/IP
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Print the Network Configuration Report, and confirm the values for the IP address and subnet mask.
Check the IP addresses for both your computer and your Brother machine. Confirm that the network address
portions are the same. For example, if the subnet mask is "255.255.255.0", it is normal for only the host address
portions to be different.
Network Address
Host Address
IP Address 192.168.100. 250 Set the final number, which corresponds to "0" in the
subnet mask, to 1–254.
Subnet Mask 255.255.255. 0 Usually, there are no problems when the subnet mask is
"255.255.255.0". Use the same value for all of your
computers.
Related Information
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
498
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
499
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Google Cloud Print Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm that Google Cloud Print
is enabled.
Confirm that your machine is registered with Google
Cloud Print
. If it is not registered, try to register again.
I cannot print. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm your network settings. See Related Information.
Certain files may not be printable, or may not appear
exactly as they are displayed.
I cannot register my Brother machine with Google Cloud
Print
.
Make sure your machine is connected to a network with
Internet access.
Verify that the date and time are set correctly on your
machine.
I do not see a confirmation message on my Brother
machine when I try to register with Google Cloud Print
,
even after repeating the registration steps.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle while you are
registering with Google Cloud Print
.
Related Information
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Troubleshooting
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
500
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access
point/router, or to your Brother machine.
I cannot print. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS
device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Make sure you are running the latest OS version.
Refer to the following Apple support article for more
information about AirPrint: support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Related Information
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Troubleshooting
501
Home > Troubleshooting > Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your Brother machine's serial number, firmware version, and firmware update.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select [Machine Info.]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Home screen.
4. Press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Home screen.
3. Press .
Related Information
Troubleshooting
502
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Your Brother Machine
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before
you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not
lose any important messages.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
c. Select the reset option you want to use. Press OK.
3. Press c for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset].
2. Press the reset option you want to use.
3. Press [OK] for two seconds to reboot the machine.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
Reset Functions Overview
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
503
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before
you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not
lose any important messages.
The following reset functions are available:
1. [Machine Reset]
You can reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
The Address Book, Fax Reports, and Call History will remain. (MFC models)
2. [Network]
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. [Address Book & Fax] (MFC models)
Address Book & Fax resets the following settings:
Address Book and Setup Groups
Programmed fax jobs in the memory (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Delayed Fax and Delayed Batch Transmission
Station ID
Name and Number
Remote Fax Options (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Report
Transmission Verification Report, Address Book and Fax Journal
History
Caller ID history and Outgoing Call
Faxes in memory
4. [All Settings]
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Unplug the interface cable before you select [Network] or [All Settings].
Related Information
Reset Your Brother Machine
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
504
Home > Routine Maintenance
Routine Maintenance
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Clean Your Brother Machine
Check Your Brother Machine
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
505
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace the Ink Cartridges
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Your Brother machine is equipped with an ink dot counter. The ink dot counter automatically monitors the level of
ink in each of the four cartridges. When the machine detects an ink cartridge is running out of ink, the machine
will display a message.
The LCD displays which ink cartridge is low or needs replacing. Be sure to follow the LCD prompts to replace the
ink cartridges in the correct order.
Even though the machine tells you to replace an ink cartridge, there will be a small amount of ink left in the ink
cartridge. It is necessary to keep some ink in the ink cartridge to prevent air from drying out and damaging the
print head assembly.
CAUTION
If ink gets in your eyes, wash it out with water at once and call a doctor if you are concerned.
IMPORTANT
Brother strongly recommends that you do not refill the ink cartridges provided with your machine. We also
strongly recommend that you continue to use only Brother Original replacement ink cartridges. Use or
attempted use of potentially incompatible ink and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to
the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our warranty coverage does not apply to any
problem that is caused by the use of unauthorised third-party ink and/or cartridges. To protect your
investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the use of
Brother Original ink cartridges.
1. Open the ink cartridge cover (1).
If one or more of the ink cartridges needs replacing, the LCD displays [B&W Print Only], [B&W 1-sided
Print Only] or [Replace Ink].
1
If the black cartridge is empty, the only message that will appear is [Replace Ink]. You must replace the
black cartridge.
2. Press the lock release lever to release the cartridge colour indicated on the LCD and remove the cartridge
from the machine, as shown in the illustration.
506
3. Open the new ink cartridge bag for the colour indicated on the LCD, and take out the ink cartridge.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the cartridge in the area indicated (1); this can prevent the machine from detecting the
cartridge.
1
Quickly shake just the black ink cartridge horizontally 15 times as shown, before inserting it into the
machine.
4. Insert the ink cartridge in the direction of the arrow on the label.
Each colour has its own correct position.
5. Gently push the area marked “PUSH” until the ink cartridge locks into place, and then close the ink cartridge
cover.
507
The machine will automatically reset the ink dot counter.
If the LCD displays [No Ink Cartridge] or [Cannot Detect] after you install the ink cartridge, check
that the ink cartridge is installed correctly. Remove the ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly until it locks into
place.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT shake the ink cartridges. If ink stains your skin or clothing, wash with soap or detergent at once.
DO NOT take out ink cartridges if you do not need to replace them; the machine will not know the
quantity of ink left in the cartridge.
DO NOT touch the cartridge insertion slots; the ink may stain your skin.
If you mix the colours by installing an ink cartridge in the wrong position, the LCD shows [Wrong Ink
Colour].
Check which ink cartridges are not matched by colour to their ink cartridge positions and move them to
their proper positions.
When you open an ink cartridge, install it in the machine and use it up within six months of installation.
Use unopened ink cartridges by the expiration date written on the cartridge package.
DO NOT dismantle or tamper with the ink cartridge; this can cause the ink to leak out of the cartridge.
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
508
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine
Clean Your Brother Machine
Clean the Scanner
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
Clean the Machine's LCD
Clean the Outside of the Machine
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Base Pad
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
509
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the scanner glass (2) and the white plastic (3) with a soft lint-free cloth
moistened with water.
2
1
3
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the glass strip (2) with a lint-free cloth moistened with water. (ADF
models only)
2
1
(ADF models only)
In addition to cleaning the scanner glass and glass strip with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, run
your fingertip over the glass to see if you can feel anything on it. If you feel dirt or debris, clean the glass
again concentrating on that area. You may need to repeat the cleaning process three or four times. To test,
make a copy after each cleaning attempt.
When there is a spot of dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip, the printed sample shows a vertical line.
After the glass strip is cleaned, the vertical line is gone.
510
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Telephone and Fax Problems
Other Problems
511
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Print Head from Your Brother
Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
Clean the print head if there is a horizontal line or a blank space in the text or graphics on printed pages.
Depending on the problem colour, select to clean Black only, three colours at a time (Yellow/Cyan/Magenta),
or all four colours at once.
Cleaning the print head consumes ink.
Cleaning too often uses ink unnecessarily.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
c. Select [Print Head Cleaning]. Press OK.
d. Select [Black only], [Colour only], or [All]. Press OK.
e. Select [Normal], [Strong], or [Strongest]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
The machine cleans the print head.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Genuine Brother Brand
replacement ink cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not
improved, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
You can also clean the print head from your computer.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Print Head Cleaning].
2. Press [Black only], [Colour only], or [All].
3. Press [Normal], [Strong], or [Strongest].
4. Press [Start].
The machine cleans the print head.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Brother Original
replacement ink cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not
improved, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
You can also clean the print head from your computer.
512
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
513
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Windows
®
)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Do one of the following:
For Windows Server
®
2008
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows
®
7 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers.
For Windows
®
8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows Server
®
2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows
®
10 and Windows Server
®
2016
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printing
preferences. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
3. Click the Maintenance tab.
4. Select one of the following options:
Option Description
Check Print Quality... Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning... Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces
appear in text or graphics on the test page.
5. Do one of the following:
If you selected the Check Print Quality... option, click Start.
The machine prints the test page.
If you selected the Print Head Cleaning... option, select the Black only, Colour only, or All option for
the cleaning type, and then click Next.
6. Select the Normal, Strong, or Strongest option for the cleaning strength, and then click Next.
7. Click Start.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
514
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
515
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Mac)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Select Printers & Scanners, and then select the machine.
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.
4. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
The Status Monitor screen appears.
5. Click the Control menu, and then select Maintenance.
6. Select one of the following options:
Option Description
Check Print Quality... Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning... Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces
appear in text or graphics on the test page.
7. Do one of the following:
If you selected the Check Print Quality... option, click Start.
The machine prints the test page.
If you selected the Print Head Cleaning... option, select Black only, Color only, or All option for the
cleaning type, and then click Next.
8. Select the Normal, Strong, or Strongest option for the cleaning strength, and then click Next.
9. Click Start.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
516
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Machine's LCD
Clean the Machine's LCD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold down to turn off the machine. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] for a few seconds
before the power goes off.
2. Clean the LCD with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
517
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Outside of the Machine
Clean the Outside of the Machine
IMPORTANT
Cleaning with volatile liquids such as thinner or benzine will damage the outside surface of the machine.
DO NOT use cleaning materials that contain ammonia.
DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Wipe the outside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
4. Lift the output paper tray cover and remove anything that is stuck inside the paper tray.
5. Wipe the inside and the outside of the paper tray with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
6. Close the output paper tray cover and slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
518
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
WARNING
Be sure to unplug the machine from the electrical socket before cleaning the printer platen to avoid an
electrical shock.
1. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open
position.
2. Clean the machine’s printer platen (1) and the area around it, wiping off scattered ink with a dry, soft lint-free
cloth.
1
2
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the encoder strip, the thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(2). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
4. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
519
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed rollers are stained with ink or have a buildup of paper dust, it may cause paper feed problems.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
4. Clean the front side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, using a
side-to-side motion. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
5. Lift the Jam Clear Flap (2), and then clean the back side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free
cloth moistened with water. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all
moisture.
21
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
7. Reconnect the power cord.
Do not use the machine again until the rollers are dry. Using the machine before the rollers are dry may
cause paper feed problems.
520
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
521
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Base Pad
Clean the Base Pad
Cleaning the Base Pad periodically may prevent the machine from feeding multiple sheets of paper when there
are only a few sheets of paper left in the tray.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Clean the Base Pad (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
For DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW, clean also the Base Pad (2) for the photo paper tray with a
soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
After cleaning, wipe the pad with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
2
1
4. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
522
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds correctly.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
3. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
4. Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the rollers so
that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all
moisture.
1
5. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
6. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
Clean Your Brother Machine
Error and Maintenance Messages
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
523
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine
Check Your Brother Machine
Check the Print Quality
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
Check the Ink Volume
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Mac)
524
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Quality
Check the Print Quality
If faded or streaked colours and text appear or if text is missing on your printouts, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Print the Print Quality Check Sheet and look at the nozzle check pattern.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
c. Select [Impr. PrintQuality]. Press OK.
d. Select [Impr. PrintQuality] again. Press OK.
3. Press c.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
4. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet.
5. The LCD asks about the print quality. Do one of the following:
If all lines are clear and visible, press d to select [No].
The Print Quality check finishes.
If lines are missing (see Poor, below), press c to select [Yes].
OK
Poor
6. The LCD asks you to check the print quality of each colour. Press d or c to select the pattern (1–4) that most
closely matches the printing result, and then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
If print head cleaning is needed, press c to start the cleaning procedure.
If print head cleaning is not needed, the Ink or Maintenance screen reappears on the LCD.
8. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the LCD asks if you want to check the print quality again.
Press c [Yes] to start the print quality check.
9. Press c again.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the
sheet again.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Genuine Brother Brand
replacement ink cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not
improved, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
525
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this.
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the horizontal lines are gone.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Check Print
Quality].
2. Press [Start].
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
3. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet.
4. The touchscreen asks about the print quality. Do one of the following:
If all lines are clear and visible, press [No], and then press to finish the Print Quality check.
If lines are missing (see Poor, as follows), press [Yes].
OK
Poor
5. The touchscreen asks you to check the print quality of each colour. Press the number of the pattern (1–4)
that most closely matches the printing result.
6. Do one of the following:
If print head cleaning is needed, press [Start] to start the cleaning procedure.
If print head cleaning is not needed, the Maintenance screen reappears on the touchscreen. Press .
7. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the touchscreen asks if you want to print the Print Quality Check
Sheet again. Press [Yes], and then press [Start].
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the
sheet again.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a Brother Original replacement ink
cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact
Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
526
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this.
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the lines are gone.
Related Information
Check Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
527
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Alignment from Your
Brother Machine
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print
alignment.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
c. Select [Impr. PrintQuality]. Press OK.
d. Select [Alignment]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
4. Press c again.
The machine starts printing the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
5. For pattern (A), press d or c to select the number of the test print that has the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press OK.
In the example above, row number 6 is the best choice.
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this.
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Alignment].
528
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] >
[Alignment].
2. Press [Next].
3. Press [Start].
The machine prints the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
4. For the (A) pattern, press a or b to display the number of the test print with the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press it (in the example above, row number 6 is the best choice). Press [OK].
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this.
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this.
5. Press
.
Related Information
Check Your Brother Machine
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
529
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Ink Volume
Check the Ink Volume
Although an ink volume icon appears on the machine's LCD, you can use the ink menu to see a large graph
showing the ink left in each cartridge.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
c. Select [Ink Volume]. Press OK.
The LCD displays the ink volume.
When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons is
displayed.
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press Clear/Back to go back to the
[Maintenance] menu screen, and then select [Ink Cartridge Model].
Press OK and follow the instruction on the LCD.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Ink Volume]. The touchscreen displays the ink volume.
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Ink Volume].
When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons is
displayed.
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press (Back) to go back to the [Ink]
menu screen.
Press [Ink Cartridge Model], and follow the instruction on the touchscreen.
2. Press .
530
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
Related Information
Check Your Brother Machine
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Print a Document (Windows
®
)
Print a Document (Mac)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
531
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows
®
)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices; it
allows you to get immediate notification of errors.
Do one of the following:
- Double-click the
icon in the task tray.
- Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Looking for replacement supplies?
Click the Looking for replacement supplies? button for more information on Brother original supplies.
Error icons
Icon
Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
Related Information
Check Your Brother Machine
532
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows
®
)
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows
®
)
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows
®
)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows
®
)
Check the Ink Volume
533
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows
®
) > Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows
®
)
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows
®
)
When you start up your computer, the Brother Status Monitor icon appears on the task tray.
A green icon indicates the normal stand-by condition.
A yellow icon indicates a warning.
A red icon indicates an error has occurred.
A grey icon indicates the machine is offline.
Related Information
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
534
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows
®
) > Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows
®
)
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows
®
)
The Show Status Monitor feature lets you know if there is a problem with a device that your computer is
monitoring. The default setting is Only when printing from this PC. To turn it off, follow these steps:
1. Right-click the
(Brother Status Monitor) icon or window, select the Status Monitor Settings option, and
then click Options.
The Options window appears.
2. Select the Basic tab, and then select Off for Show Status Monitor.
3. Click OK.
Even if the Show Status Monitor feature is turned off, you can check the machine’s status at any time by
displaying the Status Monitor.
Related Information
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
535
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows
®
) > Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows
®
)
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows
®
)
1. Right-click the (Brother Status Monitor) icon or window, and then select Exit.
2. Click OK.
Related Information
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
536
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Mac)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Mac)
Brother's Status Monitor utility program is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device and
notifying you immediately in the event of an error.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Select Printers & Scanners, and then select the machine.
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.
4. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
The Status Monitor screen appears.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the Brother Solutions Center, offering FAQs &
Troubleshooting tips.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information about Brother original supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the Status Monitor window is open, click the
icon. To set the
interval at which the software updates the machine status information, click the Brother Status Monitor
menu, and then select Preferences.
Error icons
Icon
Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
537
Related Information
Check Your Brother Machine
538
Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Adjust the paper feed to reduce vertical lines.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
c. Select [Impr. PrintQuality]. Press OK.
d. Select [Correct Paper Feed]. Press OK.
3. Press c, and then follow the instructions on the LCD.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Correct Paper Feed].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Correct
Paper Feed].
2. Press the [Next] button, and then follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Other Problems
539
Home > Routine Maintenance > Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
If your print result is poor quality, select these options depending on your purpose. When these settings are
selected, the printing speed is slower.
These options are available only when performing operations from the machine, such as copying. When
printing from your computer, change the settings in the printer driver.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Maintenance]. Press OK.
c. Select [Print Setting Options]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging
Select this option according to whether you are using 1-sided or 2-sided printing if
you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Slow Drying
Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly.
4. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the option you want. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Print Setting Options].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging
Select this option according to whether you are using 1-sided or 2-sided printing if
you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Slow Drying
Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly.
3. Follow the LCD menus.
4. Press
.
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows
®
)
540
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Print Settings (Windows
®
)
Print Options (Mac)
541
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
When you transport the machine, use the packing materials that came with your machine. If you do not pack
the machine correctly, any damage that may occur in transit may not be covered by your warranty.
The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
IMPORTANT
It is important to allow the machine to “park” the print head after a print job. Listen carefully to the machine
before unplugging it to make sure that all mechanical noises have stopped. Not allowing the machine to finish
this parking process may lead to print problems and possible damage to the print head.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. Unplug the machine from the telephone wall socket and take the telephone line cord out of the machine.
3. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open
position.
4. Unplug the interface cable from the machine, if it is connected.
5. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
6. Open the ink cartridge cover.
7. Press the ink release levers to release the ink cartridges and then take out the ink cartridges.
8. Install the orange protective part and then close the ink cartridge cover.
IMPORTANT
Make sure the plastic tab on the left side of the orange protective part (1) locks securely into place (2).
542
1
If you are not able to find the orange protective part, ship the machine without it. DO NOT leave the
ink cartridges in the machine during shipping.
9. Wrap the machine in the bag.
10. Pack the machine in the original carton with the original packing material as shown below.
Do not pack the used ink cartridge in the carton.
11. Close the carton and tape it shut.
543
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Replace the Ink Cartridges
544
Home > Machine Settings
Machine Settings
Customise settings and features, create shortcuts, and work with options displayed on the machine's LCD to
make your Brother machine a more efficient work tool.
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
545
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
General Settings
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
Print Reports
Settings and Features Tables
546
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) will be lost.
The date and time must be re-entered.
(MFC models) Programmed fax timer jobs and other fax jobs in the machine's memory will be lost.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) will be lost.
The date and time and programmed fax timer jobs (for example: Delayed Fax) will be retained for
approximately 24 hours.
Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
Related Information
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
547
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings
General Settings
Adjust the Machine Volume
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
Set the Date and Time
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Set Your Station ID
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Reduce Printing Noise
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the Keyboard Setting
548
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the Machine Volume
Adjust the Machine Volume
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Volume]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
4. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Do one of the following:
For MFC models:
Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Volume].
For DCP models:
Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Beep].
2. Press one of the following options (MFC models):
Option Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Press a or b to display the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option, and then press the option you want.
4. Press
.
Related Information
General Settings
549
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and backward one hour in the autumn. Make sure you have set
the correct date and time in the [Date & Time] setting.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date & Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Auto Daylight]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] or [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time] > [Auto Daylight].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
550
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or
a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a fax or a print job.
The factory setting is five minutes.
When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Sleep Mode]. Press OK.
c. Select [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], [5Mins], [10Mins], [30Mins], or [60Mins]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Sleep Mode].
2. Press a or b to display the [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], [5Mins], [10Mins], [30Mins], or [60Mins]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
General Settings
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
551
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Machine to Power Off Automatically
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
The Auto Power Off feature can save power consumption. Set the amount of time that the machine will be in
Sleep Mode before it automatically powers off. When this feature is set to [Off], you must power off the
machine manually.
To turn on the machine after the Auto Power Off feature has turned it Off, press .
The machine will not power off automatically when:
Fax jobs are stored in the machine's memory. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
An error prevents the Fax Journal report from printing. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
The machine is connected to a telephone line. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
The machine is connected to a wired network. (MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
The machine is connected to a wireless network.
[WLAN Enable] is set to [On] or [WLAN] is selected in the [Network I/F] setting.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Auto Power Off]. Press OK.
c. Select [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours], or [8hours]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Auto Power Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours], or [8hours] option, and then press
the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
552
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
(MFC models)
The LCD displays the date and time. If they are not current, re-enter them. You can add the date and time to
each fax you send by setting your Station ID.
(DCP models)
If the machine's power has been off, the machine's date and time may not be current. Re-enter them.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date & Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Date]. Press OK.
3. Press a, b, d or c to select the following:
a. To enter the last two digits of the year, select the numbers and then press OK. To save the year, select
[OK] and then press OK.
b. To enter the two digits for the month, select the numbers and then press OK. To save the month, select
[OK] and then press OK.
c. To enter the two digits for the day, select the numbers and then press OK. To save the day, select [OK]
and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Time], and then press OK.
5. To enter the four digits of the time (in 24-hour format), press a, b, d or c to select the numbers, and then
select [OK]. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date & Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Date]. Press OK.
3. Enter the last two digits of the year using the dial pad, and then press OK.
4. Enter the two digits for the month using the dial pad, and then press OK.
5. Enter the two digits for the day using the dial pad, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select [Time], and then press OK.
7. Enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press
[Date & Time].
553
3. Press [Date].
4. Enter the last two digits of the year on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
5. Enter two digits for the month on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
6. Enter two digits for the day on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
7. Press [Time].
8. Enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the touchscreen.
Press [OK].
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
9. Press
.
Related Information
General Settings
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Set Your Station ID
554
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [LCD Settings]. Press OK.
c. Select [Backlight]. Press OK.
d. Select [Light], [Med], or [Dark]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] >
[Backlight].
2. Press the [Light], [Med], or [Dark] option.
3. Press
.
Related Information
General Settings
555
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [LCD Settings]. Press OK.
c. Select [Dim Timer]. Press OK.
d. Select [10Secs], [30Secs], [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], or [5Mins]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim
Timer].
2. Press a or b to display the [10Secs], [30Secs], [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], or [5Mins] option, and
then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
556
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Set the machine's Station ID if you want the date and time to appear on each fax you send.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Station ID]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select [Fax], and then press OK.
4. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Name], and then press OK.
6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Station ID].
2. Press [Fax].
3. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Name].
5. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special symbols. (The available characters may
differ depending on your country.)
If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to it. Press
and then enter the correct character.
To enter a space, press [Space].
6. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Set the Date and Time
557
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Your Brother machine is set for a Tone dialling service. If you have a Pulse dialling (rotary) service, you must
change the dialling mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Tone/Pulse]. Press OK.
c. Select [Tone] or [Pulse]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Tone/Pulse].
2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse].
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
Telephone and Fax Problems
558
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
The factory setting is [Off].
When the Quiet Mode setting is turned on, appears on the Home screen.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Quiet Mode]. Press OK.
c. Select [On] or [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Quiet Mode].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
559
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Local Language]. Press OK.
c. Select your language. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press
.
Related Information
General Settings
560
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Keyboard Setting
Change the Keyboard Setting
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can choose the type of keyboard for the LCD.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Keyboard Settings].
2. Press [QWERTY] or [ABC].
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
561
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
Add Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
562
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut > Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as
your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or
Apps Shortcut are very similar.
1. Press [Shortcuts].
2. Press d or c to display the Shortcut screens.
3. Press
where you have not added a Shortcut.
4. Press a or b to display [Copy].
5. Press [Copy].
6. Press [Options].
7. Press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to change.
8. Press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option you want.
Repeat the previous and this steps until you have selected all the settings for this Shortcut. When finished,
press [OK].
9. Press [Save as Shortcut].
10. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
11. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
When adding Fax or Scan to Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
563
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut > Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
You can change the settings in a Shortcut.
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them, and
then add a new Shortcut.
1. Press [Shortcuts].
2. Press d or c to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press and hold the Shortcut you want to change.
4. Press [Edit].
To delete the Shortcut, press [Delete]. To edit the name of the Shortcut, press [Rename] and follow the
LCD menus.
5. Change the settings for the Shortcut you selected.
6. Press [Save as Shortcut] when you have finished changing the settings.
7. Press [OK] to confirm.
When changing Fax or Scan Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
564
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports
Print Reports
Reports
Print a Report
Fax Reports
Telephone and Fax Problems
565
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Reports
Reports
The following reports are available:
Transmission Verify (MFC models)
The Transmission Verify prints a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book (MFC models)
Address Book report prints an alphabetical or numerical list of names and numbers stored in the Address
Book memory.
Fax Journal (MFC models)
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive.)
(Windows
®
)
You can view and print the Fax Journal report from your computer using the Fax Journal Report software.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download
the software.
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Network Configuration (network models)
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
WLAN Report (wireless models)
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Caller ID history (MFC models)
The Caller ID history report prints a list of the available Caller ID information for the last 20 received faxes and
telephone calls.
Related Information
Print Reports
566
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Print a
Report
Print a Report
>> DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK.
b. Select the report you want to print. Press OK.
3. Press c.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports].
2. Press a or b to display the report options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press [Yes].
4. Press .
Related Information
Print Reports
Caller ID
567
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Features Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Settings Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) touchscreen models)
Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) touchscreen models)
568
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
Settings > [General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Maintenance Impr.
PrintQuality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and
paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head
Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
Ink Volume
- Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams
during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain
paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Paper Type
- - Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
- - Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Paper
- - Check the paper type and paper size when you pull
the tray out of the machine.
Quiet Mode
- - Decrease printing noise.
Volume
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Ring
- Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
- Adjust the speaker volume.
LCD Settings Backlight
- Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
- Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you
go back to your Home screen.
Sleep Mode
- - Select how long the machine must be idle before it
goes into Sleep Mode.
Auto Power Off
- - Select how long the machine must wait before it
automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
When set to Off, the machine will not power off
automatically.
Removable Disc
(DCP-J572DW)
- - Turn the Removable Disc function on or off.
Settings > [Fax] (MFC models)
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Ring Delay
- Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax
Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Receive Mode
- Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
F/T Ring Time
- Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel mode.
569
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Fax Detect
- Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call
and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes
- Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use
codes to turn the Remote Codes on or off. You can personalise
the codes.
Auto Reduction
- Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive
- Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Rx Stamp
- Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.
Report Setting XMIT Report
- Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification Report.
Journal Period
- Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you
can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Print Document
- - Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Remaining Jobs
- - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory and
cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous TX Lock
- Prohibit most functions except receiving faxes.
BT Call Sign
(U.K. only)
- Use with BT Call Sign.
Caller ID
(U.K. and Ireland
only)
- View or print a list of the last 20 Caller IDs stored in the memory.
Settings > [Network]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
WLAN TCP/IP BOOT Method
Select the Boot method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address
Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Setup Wizard
- Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- Configure your wireless network settings using
the Brother installation disc.
WPS
- Configure your wireless network settings using
the one-button push method.
570
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
WLAN WPS w/ PIN Code
- Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
View the current wireless network status.
Signal
View the current wireless network signal
strength.
SSID
View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- View the machine's MAC address.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using the one-button push method.
PIN Code
- Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
Group Owner
- Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name
View your machine's device name.
SSID
View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD
displays Not Connected.
IP Address
View your machine's current IP Address.
Status
Information
Status
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
I/F Enable
- Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy Connection
Change the Web connection settings.
Address
Port
User Name
Password
WLAN Enable
- - Turn wireless network connection On or Off.
Network Reset
- - Restore all network settings back to the factory
settings.
Settings > [Print Reports]
Level 1
Descriptions
XMIT Verify
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
Print a list of your settings.
Network Config
Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
571
Level 1 Descriptions
Caller ID History
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 20 received faxes and
telephone calls.
Settings > [Machine Info.]
Level 1 Descriptions
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Home screen.
Settings > [Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Date & Time Date
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Add the date and time on the
screen and in the headings of the faxes you send.
(DCP-J572DW) Set the date and time on your machine.
Time
Auto Daylight
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Station ID
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
- Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page
you fax.
Tone/Pulse
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Select the dialling mode.
Fax Auto Redial
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
- Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not
go through because the line was busy.
Dial Tone
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
- Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Phone Line Set
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
- Select the telephone line type.
Compatibility
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
- Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various
standards. If you regularly experience fax transmission errors,
select Basic (for VoIP).
Reset Machine Reset
Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed,
such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
Network
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book &
Fax
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Local Language
- Change your LCD language.
572
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Available only for some
countries.)
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
573
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Features Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Features Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Related Models: DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
FAX (MFC models)
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Fax Resolution
- Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size
- Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
Broadcasting
- Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Real Time TX
- Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode
- Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History Redial
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Outgoing Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it,
add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it
to the Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book Search
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set Speed Dial
Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few
buttons.
Setup Groups
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete
Delete Address Book numbers.
Set New Default
- Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
SCAN
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
to Media
(DCP-J572DW)
(When a media is inserted)
- Scan documents and save them directly to
a media without using a computer.
to PC to File
Scan documents and save them to a
folder on your computer.
to OCR
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW)
Convert your scanned document to an
editable text file.
to Image
Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
to E-mail
Send a scanned document as an email
attachment.
to Web
- Upload the scanned data to an Internet
service.
WS Scan Scan
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
574
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Appears when you install a Web Services
Scanner, which is displayed in your computer’s
Network explorer.)
Scan for E-mail
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
Scan for Fax
Scan for Print
COPY (MFC models) / COPY (Default screen) (DCP models)
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Quality
- Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Paper Type
- Select the paper type that matches the paper in the tray.
Paper Size
- Select the paper size that matches the paper in the tray.
Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
- Adjust the density.
Stack/Sort
- Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout
- Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
2-sided Copy
- Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge
or flip on short edge.
Remove Background Black Copy Settings
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
Colour Copy Settings
Set New Default
- Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
PHOTO (DCP-J572DW)
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
JPEG Print Select Files OK Print Settings
Adjust your photos with the options.
Index Print Print Index
Sheet
Print Settings
Print a thumbnail page.
Print Photos Print Settings
Print photos by choosing the index
numbers.
Print All Print Settings
- Print all photos in your memory card or
USB flash drive.
WEB
Level 1
Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Address Book] (MFC models)
Level 1
Descriptions
Search
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
575
Level 1 Descriptions
Set Speed Dial
Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Setup Groups
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete
Delete Address Book numbers.
Redial/Pause (MFC models)
Level 1
Descriptions
Redial
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Outgoing Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
WiFi
You can configure the wireless settings by pressing or WiFi on the control panel.
Level 1 Descriptions
Setup Wizard
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
576
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) touchscreen models)
Settings Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) touchscreen models)
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
[Settings]
[Settings]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
(Date & Time)
Date
- (MFC models)
Add the date and time on the screen and in the
headings of the faxes you send.
(DCP models)
Set the date and time on your machine.
Time
-
Auto Daylight
(MFC models)
- Set the machine to change automatically for
Daylight Saving Time.
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment
and paper feeding according to the LCD
instructions.
Print Head
Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
Ink Volume
- Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams
during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain
paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Wi-Fi TCP/IP
- Set TCP/IP protocol.
Setup Wizard
- Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- Configure your wireless network settings using
the Brother installation disc.
WPS
- Configure your wireless network settings using
the one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN Code
- Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status
- View the current wireless network status.
MAC Address
- View the machine's MAC address.
Quiet Mode
- - Decrease printing noise.
Tray Setting
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
Paper Type
- Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Type
- - Set the type of paper in paper tray #1.
577
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
(DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW)
Paper Size
(DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW)
- - Set the size of paper in paper tray #1.
Fax Preview
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- - View received faxes on the LCD.
All Settings
- - Configure the detailed settings.
[General Setup]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and
paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head
Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
Ink Volume
- Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during
printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain
paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Paper Type
- - Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
- - Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Paper
- - Check the paper type and paper size when you pull
the tray out of the machine.
Quiet Mode
- - Decrease printing noise.
Beep
(DCP models)
- - Adjust the beeper volume.
Volume
(MFC models)
Ring
- Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
- Adjust the speaker volume.
LCD Settings Backlight
- Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
- Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the last
finger press.
Screen Settings Scan Screen
- Set the default Scan screen settings.
Keyboard Settings
- - Select the type of keyboard for the LCD.
Sleep Mode
- - Select how long the machine must be idle before it
goes into Sleep Mode.
Auto Power Off
- - Select how long the machine must wait before it
automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
When set to Off, the machine will not power off
automatically.
578
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Removable Disc
- - Turn the Removable Disc function on or off.
[Shortcut Settings]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[Fax]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] (MFC models)
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Ring Delay
- Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax
Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Receive Mode
- Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
F/T Ring Time
- Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel
mode.
Fax Preview
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- View received faxes on the LCD.
Fax Detect
- Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call
and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes
- Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use
codes to turn the Remote Codes on or off. You can
personalise the codes.
Auto Reduction
- Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive
- Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Memory Receive
- Set the machine to forward fax messages, to store incoming
faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve them while you are
away from your machine), or the cloud service.
If you select Fax Forward, or Forward to Cloud, you can turn
on the Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Rx Stamp
- Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.
Report Setting XMIT Report
- Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification
Report.
Journal Period
- Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you
can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Print Document
- - Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Remote Access
- - Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
Remaining Jobs
- - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory
and cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous Memory Security
- Prohibit most functions except receiving faxes into memory.
579
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Miscellaneous
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
BT Call Sign
(U.K. only)
- Use with BT Call Sign.
Caller ID
(U.K. and Ireland only)
- View or print a list of the last 30 Caller IDs stored in the
memory.
[Network]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
TCP/IP BOOT Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
- Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server
- Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address
range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For
more information, go to the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to see FAQs & Troubleshooting.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
- - View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
WLAN TCP/IP BOOT Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
- Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server
- Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address
range automatically.
580
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN TCP/IP IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For
more information, go to the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to see FAQs & Troubleshooting.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network settings
using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network settings
using the one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN
Code
- - Configure your wireless network settings
using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network
status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network signal
strength.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using the one-button push
method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the
LCD displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP Address.
Status
Information
Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a
strong signal.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or
off.
NFC
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- - - Turn the NFC function on or off.
Message from
Brother
Message from
Brother
- - Display messages and notifications from
Brother.
Status
- -
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection settings.
Address
-
581
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Port
Change the Web connection settings.-
User Name
-
Password
-
Network I/F
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- - - Select the network connection type.
WLAN Enable
(DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW)
- - - Turn wireless network connection On or
Off.
Network Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to the
factory settings.
[Print Reports]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 1
Descriptions
XMIT Verify
(MFC models)
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book
(MFC models)
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal
(MFC models)
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
Print a list of your settings.
Network Configuration
Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History
(MFC models)
Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 30 received faxes and
telephone calls.
[Machine Info.]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No.
- Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
- Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
- View firmware information on the Home screen.
[Initial Setup]
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Date & Time Date
(MFC models)
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
(DCP models)
Time
582
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Date & Time
Set the date and time on your machine.
Auto
Daylight
(MFC models)
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Station ID
(MFC models)
Fax
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page
you fax.
Name
Tone/Pulse
(MFC models)
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Select the dialling mode.
Fax Auto Redial
(MFC models)
- Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go
through because the line was busy.
Dial Tone
(MFC models)
- Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Phone Line Set
(MFC models)
- Select the telephone line type.
Compatibility
(MFC models)
- Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Reset Machine
Reset
Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such
as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
Network
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book
& Fax
(MFC models)
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Local Language
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
583
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) touchscreen models)
Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) touchscreen models)
Related Models: DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
[Fax] (When [Fax Preview] is [Off]) (MFC models)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Pause
- - When you are entering a fax or telephone number on the
control panel, Pause appears on the LCD. Press Pause
when you need a delay while dialling numbers, such as
access codes and credit card numbers. You can also store
a pause when you set up addresses.
Address
Book
(Search:)
- Search within the Address Book.
Edit
- Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book
numbers.
-
Apply
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call
History
Redial
- Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Caller ID History Apply
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send
a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Options Fax Resolution
- Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size
- Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Broadcasting Add Number
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Preview
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- Preview a fax message before you send it.
Colour Setting
- Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or colour.
Delayed Fax Delayed Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Set Time
Batch TX
- Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the
same time of day into one transmission.
Real Time TX
- Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode
- Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History Redial
Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing
Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send
a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book
(Search:)
Search within the Address Book.
584
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Options Address Book Edit
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book
numbers.
Set New Default
- Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Fax] (When [Fax Preview] is [On])
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Pause
- - When you are entering a fax or telephone
number on the control panel, Pause appears
on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a
delay while dialling numbers, such as access
codes and credit card numbers. You can also
store a pause when you set up addresses.
Address
Book
(Search:)
- Search within the Address Book.
Edit
- Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
-
Apply
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call
History
Redial
- Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Caller ID
History
Apply
Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Edit
Options Fax Resolution
- Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size
- Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to
the size of the document.
Broadcasting Add Number
Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Preview
- Preview a fax message before you send it.
Colour Setting
- Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or
colour.
Delayed Fax Delayed
Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be
sent.
Set Time
Batch TX
- Combine delayed faxes to the same fax
number at the same time of day into one
transmission.
Real Time TX
- Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode
- Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes
overseas.
Call History Redial
Redial the last number you dialled.
585
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Options Call History Outgoing
Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Address Book
(Search:)
Search within the Address Book.
Edit
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
Set New Default
- Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Received
Faxes
Print/
Delete
Print All(New
Faxes)
- Print the new received faxes.
Print All(Old
Faxes)
- Print the old received faxes.
Delete All(New
Faxes)
- Delete the new received faxes.
Delete All(Old
Faxes)
- Delete the old received faxes.
Address
Book
(Search:)
- - Search within the Address Book.
Edit
- - Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
-
Apply
- Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call
History
Redial
- - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing
Call
Apply
- Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
-
Caller ID
History
Apply
- Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Edit
-
[Copy]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Options Quality
- Select the Copy resolution for your document
type.
Paper Type
- Select the paper type that matches the paper
in the tray.
Paper Size
- Select the paper size that matches the paper
in the tray.
586
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Options Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
2-sided Copy
- Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select
flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
Density
- Adjust the density.
Remove Background
Colour
Black Copy Settings
Change the amount of background colour that
is removed.
Colour Copy
Settings
Stack/Sort
- Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout
- Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Advanced Settings
(MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
- Select advanced copy settings.
Set New Default
- Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
[Scan]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to Media
(When a memory card or
USB Flash drive is inserted)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan documents and save them
directly to a memory card or USB
flash drive without using a
computer.
Options
- -
Save as
Shortcut
- -
to PC to File Other Scan
to Actions
- Scan documents and save them to
a folder on your computer.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to OCR Other Scan
to Actions
- Convert your scanned document to
an editable text file.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to Image Other Scan
to Actions
- Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to E-mail Other Scan
to Actions
- Send a scanned document as an
email attachment.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
587
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to PC to E-mail
(Select USB or
PC)
Save as
Shortcut
Send a scanned document as an
email attachment.
to Web
- - - Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
WS Scan
(Appears when you install a
Web Services Scanner,
which is displayed in your
computer’s Network
explorer.)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan data using the Web Service
protocol.
Scan
- -
Scan for E-
mail
- -
Scan for Fax
- -
Scan for
Print
- -
[Photo]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Select Files OK Print Settings
- Adjust your photos with the options.
Print All Print Settings
- Print all photos in your USB flash drive.
Index Print Print Index
Sheet
Print Settings
- Print a thumbnail page.
Print Photos Print Settings
- Print photos by choosing the index
numbers.
ID Photo
Print
Select ID
Photo Size
Rotate Image Print
Settings
Print ID photos for your resume,
passport and so on.
[Web]
Level 1
Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1
Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
[Download Software]
Level 1
Descriptions
Download Software
Displays information about downloading and installing software for mobile devices and
computers.
[Shortcuts]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Add Shortcut Copy
- Change the settings in the Copy Options.
Fax
(MFC models)
- Change the settings in the Fax Options.
588
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Add Shortcut Scan to PC(File)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on
your computer.
to PC(OCR)
Convert your scanned document to an editable
text file.
to PC(Image)
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics
applications.
to PC(E-mail)
Send a scanned document as an email
attachment.
to Media
Scan documents and save them directly to a
memory card or USB flash drive without using a
computer.
Web
- Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Apps
- Connect the Brother machine to the Brother
Apps service.
This list appears when each
Shortcut icon is pressed for 2
seconds.
Rename
- Change the shortcut name.
Edit
- Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
- Delete the shortcut.
Edit/Delete
(Select shortcut
button.)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[Ink]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Ink Volume
- Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which
the ink dries very slowly.
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Level 1
Descriptions
Setup Wizard
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
When you have put a USB Flash drive in the USB slot
Level 1
Descriptions
Photo
Select photo menu.
Scan to Media
Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
589
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
590
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Network Management Software and Utilities
591
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
The Remote Setup program lets you configure many of your Brother machine's settings from your computer.
When you start Remote Setup, the settings on your Brother machine will be downloaded to your computer and
displayed on your screen. If you change the settings on your computer, you can upload them directly to the
machine.
Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
Remote Setup (Mac)
592
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
593
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows
®
) > Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer
(Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Do one of the following:
Windows
®
7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
Windows
®
8 and Windows
®
10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
The Remote Setup Program window appears.
When your machine is connected via a Network, type the password if required.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
594
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
595
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. Click OK.
If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
If you are using Windows
®
Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother
installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
596
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows
®
) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows
®
)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
597
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
If you are using Windows
®
Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother
installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
598
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows
®
) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4
(Windows
®
)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use Remote Setup through CC4 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Address Book button.
The Address Book opens in a Remote Setup window.
4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
Remote Setup (Windows
®
)
ControlCenter4 (Windows
®
)
599
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac)
Remote Setup (Mac)
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
600
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use Remote Setup to set up your Brother machine with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Remote Setup.
Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
601
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, enter the correct data again, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
Remote Setup (Mac)
602
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable
Connection (Mac)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Related Models: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Use Remote Setup to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Remote Setup.
Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. In the left menu, click Address Book in the Fax.
3. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
4. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
Remote Setup (Mac)
603
Home > Appendix
Appendix
Specifications
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Supply Specifications
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Brother Numbers
604
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type Inkjet
Print Head Mono Piezo with 210 nozzles x 1
Colour DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Piezo with 70 nozzles x 3
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 3
Memory Capacity 128 MB
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
1
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1.8 in. (44.9 mm) TFT Colour LCD
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
2.7 in. (67.5 mm) TFT Colour Touchscreen LCD
Power Source AC 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
2
DCP-J572DW
Copying
3
: Approx. 16 W
Ready
5
: Approx. 3 W
Sleep
5
: Approx. 0.7 W
Power Off
5 6
: Approx. 0.2 W
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Copying
4
: Approx. 16 W
Ready
5
: Approx. 3.5 W
Sleep
5
: Approx. 1 W
Power Off
5 6
: Approx. 0.2 W
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
Copying
3
: Approx. 17 W
Ready
5
: Approx. 3.0 W
Sleep
5
: Approx. 0.8 W
Power Off
5 6
: Approx. 0.2 W
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Copying
4
: Approx. 17 W
Ready
5
: Approx. 3.5 W
Sleep
5
: Approx. 1.2 W
Power Off
5 6
: Approx. 0.2 W
605
Dimensions DCP-J572DW
151 mm
400 mm
341 mm
583 mm
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
151 mm
400 mm
341 mm
583 mm
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
172 mm
400 mm
411 mm
341 mm
474 mm
227 mm
606
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
172 mm
400 mm
411 mm
341 mm
583 mm
227 mm
Weights DCP-J572DW
7.2 kg
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
8.3 kg
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
7.2 kg
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
8.3 kg
Noise Level
Sound Pressure Operating
50 dB (A) (Approx.)
7
Sound Power
8
Printing
9
DCP-J572DW
LWAd = 6.34 B(A) (Mono)
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
LWAd = 6.34 B(A) (Mono)
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
LWAd = 6.35 B(A) (Mono)
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
LWAd = 6.35 B(A) (Mono)
DCP-J572DW
LWAd = 5.96 B(A) (Colour)
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
LWAd = 5.96 B(A) (Colour)
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW
LWAd = 6.28 B(A) (Colour)
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
LWAd = 6.28 B(A) (Colour)
Temperature
Operating 10 to 35 °C
Best Print Quality 20 to 33 °C
Humidity Operating 20 to 80% (without condensation)
Best Print Quality 20 to 80% (without condensation)
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
10
Up to 20 pages
Paper: 80 g/m²
1
Measured diagonally
607
2
Measured when the machine is connected to the USB interface. Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment
or part wear.
3
When single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
4
When using ADF, single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
5
Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
6
Even when the machine is turned off, it will automatically turn itself on periodically for print head maintenance, and then turn itself off.
7
Noise depends on printing conditions.
8
Measured in accordance with the method described in RAL-UZ205.
9
<Print speed>
DCP-J572DW: 12 ipm (Mono) / 6 ipm (Colour)
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW: 12 ipm (Mono) / 6 ipm (Colour)
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW: 12 ipm (Mono) / 10 ipm (Colour)
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW: 12 ipm (Mono) / 10 ipm (Colour)
These print speeds were measured in accordance with the Blue Angel (RAL-UZ205) specification.
10
ADF models only
Document Size Specifications
Document Size
ADF Width
1
148 to 215.9 mm
ADF Length
1 2
148 to 355.6 mm
Scanner Glass Width Max. 215.9 mm
Scanner Glass Length Max. 297 mm
1
ADF models only
2
Documents that are longer than 297 mm must be fed one page at a time.
Print Media Specifications
Paper
Input
Paper Tray
Paper Type
1
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, Executive, A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10,
DL, Monarch), Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18
cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Up to 100 sheets of 80 g/m² plain paper
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 150 sheets of 80 g/m² plain paper
Photo Paper Tray
(DCP-J572DW/
DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW)
Paper Type
1
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size Photo (10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (9 x 13 cm)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 20 sheets
thickness: 0.25 mm
Manual Feed Slot
(DCP-J572DW/
DCP-J772DW/
DCP-J774DW/
MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
Paper Type
1
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, Executive, A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10,
DL, Monarch), Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm),
Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 1 sheet
Paper Output
1
Up to 50 sheets of 80 g/m² Plain Paper (face up print
delivery to the output paper tray)
1
For glossy paper, remove printed pages from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid smudging.
608
Fax Specifications
This feature is available for MFC models.
Compatibility ITU-T Group 3
Modem Speed Automatic Fallback: 14,400 bps
Scanning Width
(Single-sided document)
ADF: 208 mm (A4)
Scanner Glass: 204 mm (A4)
Printing Width 204 mm (A4)
Greyscale Monochrome: 8 bit (256 levels)
Colour: 24 bit (8 bit per colour/ 256 levels)
Resolution
(Horizontal)
203 dpi
Resolution
(Vertical)
Standard:
98 dpi (Mono)
196 dpi (Colour)
Fine:
196 dpi (Mono)
196 dpi (Colour)
Superfine:
392 dpi (Mono)
Photo:
196 dpi (Mono)
Address Book MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
40 numbers
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
100 names x 2 numbers
Groups Up to 6
Broadcasting MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
90 (40 Address Book/50 Manual Dial)
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
250 (200 Address Book/50 Manual Dial)
Automatic Redial 3 times at 5 minute intervals
Memory Transmission MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Up to 170 pages
1
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 200 pages
1
Out of Paper Reception MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Up to 170 pages
1
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 200 pages
1
1
‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, MMR code).
Copy Specifications
Colour/Monochrome
Yes/Yes
Copy Width
204 mm
1
609
Multiple Copies Stacks/Sorts up to 99 pages
Enlarge/Reduce 25% to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Resolution Prints up to 1200 × 2400 dpi
1
When copying on A4 size paper.
PhotoCapture Center Specifications
This function is available for DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW.
Compatible Media
1
MultiMediaCard (32 MB - 2 GB)
MultiMediaCard plus (128 MB - 4 GB)
MultiMediaCard mobile with Adapter (64 MB - 1 GB)
SD Memory Card (16 MB - 2 GB)
miniSD with Adapter (16 MB - 2 GB)
microSD with Adapter (16 MB - 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB - 32 GB)
miniSDHC with Adapter (4 GB - 32 GB)
microSDHC with Adapter (4 GB - 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB - 256 GB)
USB Flash drive
2 3
Photo
Resolution DCP-J572DW
Up to 1200 x 2400 dpi
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 1200 x 6000 dpi
Paper Type Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper, Brother BP71 paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm)
File Format JPEG (Progressive JPEG format is not supported)
Scan to Media File Format JPEG, PDF (Colour, Grey)
TIFF, PDF (Monochrome)
1
Memory cards, adapters and USB Flash drives are not included.
2
The USB flash drive feature is available only for certain models. (DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
3
Full-Speed USB 2.0. USB Mass Storage standard up to 256 GB. Supported formats: FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Scanner Specifications
Colour/Monochrome
Yes/Yes
TWAIN Compliant Yes
(Windows
®
7 SP1 / Windows
®
8 / Windows
®
8.1 / Windows
®
10)
(macOS v10.10.5 / 10.11.x /10.12.x) (DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/
MFC-J895DW)
(macOS v10.11.6 / 10.12.x /10.13.x) (DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
WIA Compliant Yes
(Windows
®
7 SP1 / Windows
®
8 / Windows
®
8.1 / Windows
®
10)
Colour Depth 30 bit colour processing (Input)
24 bit colour processing (Output)
Greyscale 10 bit colour processing (Input)
8 bit colour processing (Output)
610
Resolution
Up to 19200 × 19200 dpi (interpolated)
1
(from Scanner Glass)
Up to 1200 × 2400 dpi (optical)
(from ADF)
2
Up to 1200 × 600 dpi (optical)
Scanning Width and
Length
(Single-sided document)
(Scanner Glass)
Width: Up to 213.9 mm
Length: Up to 295 mm
(ADF)
2
Width: Up to 213.9 mm
Length: Up to 353.6 mm
1
Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows
®
7 SP1, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1 and Windows
®
10 (resolution
up to 19200 × 19200 dpi can be selected using the scanner utility).
2
ADF models only
Printer Specifications
Resolution
DCP-J572DW/MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Up to 1200 × 6000 dpi (Windows
®
only)
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 1200 × 6000 dpi
Printing Width
1
204 mm [210 mm (borderless)]
2
Borderless
3
A4, Letter, A6, Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm),
Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Automatic 2-sided Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, Executive, A5
Print Speed For detailed specifications, visit www.brother.com.
1
When printing on A4 size paper.
2
When the Borderless feature is set to On.
3
Photo 2L-size paper is only supported by some models.
Interface Specifications
USB
1 2
Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no longer than 2 m.
LAN
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Use an Ethernet UTP cable category 5 or greater.
Wireless LAN IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
NFC
(MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
Yes
1
Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
2
Third party USB ports are not supported.
611
Network Specifications
(DCP-J572DW)
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, and to access
photos over a network connection.
(DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW)
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, and to access
photos over a network connection.
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW)
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, PC-Fax Send, PC-
Fax Receive (Windows
®
only), Remote Setup (Windows
®
only), and to access photos over a network
connection.
Brother BRAdmin Light (Windows
®
only) is available as a download from Brother Solutions Center. Go
to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download
the software.
(Windows
®
) If you require more advanced machine management, use the latest version of Brother
BRAdmin Professional. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download the software.
Network Security (Wired)
1
SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS)
Network Security (Wireless) SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS)
Wireless Network Security SSID (32 characters), WEP 64/128
bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-
PSK (TKIP/AES)
Wireless Setup Support Utility WPS Yes
1
Supported models only
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform
& Operating System
Version
PC Interface Processor Hard Disk Space to Install
USB
1
10/100 Base-TX
(Ethernet)
2
Wireless
802.11b/
g/n
For Drivers For
Applications
(Including
Drivers)
Wind
ows
®
Oper
ating
Syste
m
Windows
®
7
SP1
3
4
Windows
®
8
3
4
Windows
®
8.
1
3
4
Printing
PC Fax
5
Scanning
Removable Disk (USB or Memory Card)
6
32 bit (x86) or
64 bit (x64)
processor
650 MB 1.3 GB
Windows
®
10
Home
3
4
Windows
®
10
Pro
3
4
Windows
®
10
Education
3
4
Windows
®
10
Enterprise
3
4
612
Windows
Server
®
2008
N/A Printing 50 MB N/A
Windows
Server
®
2008
R2
Windows
Server
®
2012
Windows
Server
®
2012
R2
Windows
Server
®
2016
64 bit (x64)
processor
Mac
Oper
ating
Syste
m
(
DCP-J772DW
/
DCP-J774DW
/
MFC-J890DW
/
MFC-J895DW
)
macOS
v10.10.5
macOS
v10.11.x
macOS
v10.12.x
Printing
PC-Fax (Send)
5
Scanning
Removable Disk (USB or Memory Card)
6
Intel
®
Processor
80 MB 550 MB
(
DCP-J572DW
/
MFC-J491DW
/
MFC-J497DW
)
macOS
v10.11.6
macOS
v10.12.x
macOS
v10.13.x
1
Third party USB ports are not supported.
2
MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW only
3
For WIA, 1200 x 1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables enhancing up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
4
Nuance
PaperPort
14SE supports Windows
®
7 SP1, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
10 Home, Windows
®
10 Pro, Windows
®
10 Education and Windows
®
10 Enterprise.
5
PC-Fax supports black and white only. (MFC models)
6
DCP-J572DW/DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW only
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Full Driver & Software Package.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
Appendix
613
Home > Appendix > Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
For touchscreen models, the keyboard layout may differ depending on the function you are setting.
>> DCP-J572DW
>> MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
>> DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
DCP-J572DW
You may need to enter text into the machine, for example, when you set the network key.
.
A B C A
Press a, b, d or c to select the number, letter or special character you want to select, and press OK. Repeat
for each character until the number or name is complete and then press a, b, d or c to select and then
press OK.
Press a, b, d or c to select , and then press OK to cycle between letters, numbers and special
characters.
Press a, b, d or c to select
, and then press OK to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
Inserting spaces
To enter a space, press a, b, d or c to select , and then press OK.
Making corrections
If you entered an incorrect number or letter and want to change it, press a, b, d or c to select
or .
Press OK several times to move the highlight to the incorrect character. Then, press a, b, d or c to select
, and press OK. Re-enter the correct letter.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
When you are setting certain menu selections, such as the Station ID, you may need to enter text into the
machine. Most dial pad buttons have three or four letters printed on the buttons. The buttons for 0, # and do
not have printed letters because they are used for special characters.
Press the appropriate dial pad button the number of times shown in this reference table to access the character
you want.
Press
Button
One Time Two
Times
Three
Times
Four
Times
Five
Times
Six
Times
Seven
Times
Eight
Times
Nine
Times
2 A B C a b c 2 A B
3 D E F d e f 3 D E
4 G H I g h i 4 G H
614
Press
Button
One Time Two
Times
Three
Times
Four
Times
Five
Times
Six
Times
Seven
Times
Eight
Times
Nine
Times
5 J K L j k l 5 J K
6 M N O m n o 6 M N
7 P Q R S p q r s 7
8 T U V t u v 8 T U
9 W X Y Z w x y z 9
To move the cursor to the left or right, press a, b, d or c to select or , and then press OK.
Inserting spaces
To enter a space, press a, b, d or c to select
, and then press OK.
Making corrections
If you entered an incorrect number or letter and want to change it, press a, b, d or c to select
or .
Press OK several times to move the highlight to the incorrect character. Then, press a, b, d or c to select
, and press OK. Re-enter the correct letter.
Special characters and symbols
Press , # or 0 repeatedly until you see the special character or symbol you want.
Press
Press #
Press 0
Ä Ë Ö Ü À Ç È É 0
DCP-J772DW/DCP-J774DW/MFC-J890DW/MFC-J895DW
When you need to enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard will appear on the touchscreen.
Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
Press to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
To enter a space, press [Space]. Or, you can press c to move the cursor.
Making corrections
If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to highlight the incorrect character.
Press
, and then enter the correct character.
615
To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
Press for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
Related Information
Appendix
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Set Your Station ID
Change or Delete Shortcuts
616
Home > Appendix > Supply Specifications
Supply Specifications
Ink The machine uses individual Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta ink cartridges that are separate
from the print head assembly.
Service Life of Ink
Cartridge
The first time you install a set of ink cartridges the machine will use an amount of ink to fill the
ink delivery tubes for high quality printouts. This process will only happen once. After this
process is complete the page yield for the cartridges provided with your machine is
approximately the same as that of standard cartridges.
Replacement
Supplies
<Standard Yield Black> LC3211BK
<Standard Yield Yellow> LC3211Y
<Standard Yield Cyan> LC3211C
<Standard Yield Magenta> LC3211M
Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 200 pages
1
<High Yield Black> LC3213BK
<High Yield Yellow> LC3213Y
<High Yield Cyan> LC3213C
<High Yield Magenta> LC3213M
Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 400 pages
1
For more information about replacement supplies, visit us at www.brother.com/pageyield
What is
Innobella?
Innobella is a range of genuine supplies offered by Brother. The name "Innobella" derives from
the words "Innovation" and "Bella" (meaning "Beautiful" in Italian) and is a representation of the
"innovative" technology providing you with "beautiful" and "long lasting" print results.
When you print photo images, Brother recommends Innobella glossy photo paper (BP71 series)
for high quality. Brilliant prints are made easier with Innobella Ink and paper.
1
Approx. cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 24711
Related Information
Appendix
617
Home > Appendix > Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Recycled paper is of the same quality as paper made from original forest sources. Standards governing
modern recycled paper ensure that it meets the highest quality requirements for different printing processes.
The imaging equipment supplied by Brother is suitable for using with recycled paper meeting the EN
12281:2002 standard.
Purchasing recycled paper saves natural resources and promotes the circular economy. Paper is made using
cellulose fibres from wood. Collecting and recycling paper extends the life of fibres over multiple life cycles,
making the best use of the resources.
The recycled paper production process is shorter. The fibres have already been processed, so less water and
energy, and fewer chemicals are used.
Paper recycling has the benefit of saving carbon by diverting paper products from alternative disposal routes
such as landfill and incineration. Landfill waste emits methane gas, which has a powerful greenhouse effect.
Related Information
Appendix
618
Home > Appendix > Brother Numbers
Brother Numbers
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call Brother Customer Service or your local Brother Dealer.
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
The Brother Solutions Center is our one-stop resource for all your Machine needs. Download the latest software
and utilities and read FAQs & Troubleshooting tips to learn how to get the most from your Brother product.
Check here for Brother driver updates, too.
support.brother.com
Customer Service
Visit www.brother.com for contact information on your local Brother office.
Service centre locations
For service centres in Europe, contact your local Brother Office. Contact information for European offices can be
found at
www.brother.com and selecting your country.
Internet Addresses
Brother Global Web Site: www.brother.com
For Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), Product Support and Technical Questions, and Driver Updates and
Utilities:
support.brother.com
Related Information
Appendix
619
Visit us on the World Wide Web
www.brother.com
UK
Version B
625

Brauchen Sie Hilfe? Stellen Sie Ihre Frage.

Forenregeln

Missbrauch melden von Frage und/oder Antwort

Libble nimmt den Missbrauch seiner Dienste sehr ernst. Wir setzen uns dafür ein, derartige Missbrauchsfälle gemäß den Gesetzen Ihres Heimatlandes zu behandeln. Wenn Sie eine Meldung übermitteln, überprüfen wir Ihre Informationen und ergreifen entsprechende Maßnahmen. Wir melden uns nur dann wieder bei Ihnen, wenn wir weitere Einzelheiten wissen müssen oder weitere Informationen für Sie haben.

Art des Missbrauchs:

Zum Beispiel antisemitische Inhalte, rassistische Inhalte oder Material, das zu einer Gewalttat führen könnte.

Beispielsweise eine Kreditkartennummer, persönliche Identifikationsnummer oder unveröffentlichte Privatadresse. Beachten Sie, dass E-Mail-Adressen und der vollständige Name nicht als private Informationen angesehen werden.

Forenregeln

Um zu sinnvolle Fragen zu kommen halten Sie sich bitte an folgende Spielregeln:

Neu registrieren

Registrieren auf E - Mails für Brother MFC-J890DW wenn:


Sie erhalten eine E-Mail, um sich für eine oder beide Optionen anzumelden.


Andere Handbücher von Brother MFC-J890DW

Brother MFC-J890DW Kurzanleitung - Deutsch - 33 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Bedienungsanleitung - Deutsch - 644 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Installationsanweisung - Deutsch - 2 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Kurzanleitung - Englisch - 30 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Installationsanweisung - Englisch - 2 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Kurzanleitung - Holländisch - 31 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Installationsanweisung - Holländisch - 2 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Bedienungsanleitung - Holländisch - 640 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Kurzanleitung - Französisch - 34 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Bedienungsanleitung - Französisch - 652 seiten

Brother MFC-J890DW Installationsanweisung - Französisch - 2 seiten


Das Handbuch wird per E-Mail gesendet. Überprüfen Sie ihre E-Mail.

Wenn Sie innerhalb von 15 Minuten keine E-Mail mit dem Handbuch erhalten haben, kann es sein, dass Sie eine falsche E-Mail-Adresse eingegeben haben oder dass Ihr ISP eine maximale Größe eingestellt hat, um E-Mails zu erhalten, die kleiner als die Größe des Handbuchs sind.

Ihre Frage wurde zu diesem Forum hinzugefügt

Möchten Sie eine E-Mail erhalten, wenn neue Antworten und Fragen veröffentlicht werden? Geben Sie bitte Ihre Email-Adresse ein.



Info